Emulex LP9002L Networks Cards > Downloads Drivers, Utilities and Manual

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

11.3MB

File Name

linux-2.01g-ia64-rh2.1-tar-1a.tar

Observations

Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
64-bit Itanium Processor Family

This kit contains the following components:

lpfcdriver-2.01g-1.ia64.tar - Emulex Fibre Channel Linux Driver
EmlxApps300a6-ia64-RH2.1-TAR.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/linuxframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a6-ia64-RH2.1-TAR.tar package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

5.2MB

File Name

linux-2.01g-ia64-rh3.0-rpm-1a.tar

Observations

Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
64-bit Itanium Processor Family

This kit contains the following components:

lpfcdriver-2.01g-1.ia64.rpm - Emulex Fibre Channel Linux Driver
EmlxApps300a6-ia64-RH3.0-RPM.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/linuxframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a6-ia64-RH3.0-RPM.tar package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

11.2MB

File Name

linux-2.01g-ia64-sl8-tar-1a.tar

Observations

Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
64-bit Itanium Processor Family

This kit contains the following components:

lpfcdriver-2.01g-1.ia64.tar - Emulex Fibre Channel Linux Driver
EmlxApps300a6-ia64-SL8-TAR.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/linuxframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a6-ia64-SL8-TAR.tar package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. 64-bit Itanium Processor Family

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

1.23a

Size Driver

546KB

File Name

lpfcdriver-1.23a-ia64.rpm-1a.tgz

Observations

32-bit Intel Architecture:
Red Hat Professional 9.0 with 2.4.20-20 kernel
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 with 2.4.9-e.27 kernel
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 (SLES 8) with 2.4.19 kernel
64-bit Itanium Processor Family:
Red Hat Linux Advanced Server for the Itanium 2 processor with 2.4.18-e.31 kernel

Utility - Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.5a0

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8, Service Pack 3

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

706KB

File Name

sles8sp3_ia64-2.01g-2.img.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

10.3MB

File Name

linux-2.01g-i386-rh2.1-tar-1a.tar

Observations

Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
32-bit Intel Architecture

This kit contains the following components:

lpfcdriver-2.01g-1.i386.tar - Emulex Fibre Channel Linux Driver
EmlxApps300a6-i386-RH2.1-TAR.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/linuxframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a6-i386-RH2.1-TAR.tar package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

4.9MB

File Name

linux-2.01g-i386-rh3.0-rpm-1a.tar

Observations

Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
32-bit Intel Architecture

This kit contains the following components:

lpfcdriver-2.01g-1.i386.rpm - Emulex Fibre Channel Linux Driver
EmlxApps300a6-i386-RH3.0-RPM.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/linuxframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a6-i386-RH3.0-RPM.tar package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. Dynamic LUN and Target Addition Script

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

343 Bytes

File Name

force_lpfc_scan.sh

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS version 2.1, update 3

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

455KB

File Name

rhas21u3_ia64-2.01g.img.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS version 3, update 1

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

237KB

File Name

rhel30u1_ia64-2.01g.img.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

10MB

File Name

linux-2.01g-i386-rh3.0-tar-1a.tar

Observations

Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
32-bit Intel Architecture

This kit contains the following components:

lpfcdriver-2.01g-1.i386.tar - Emulex Fibre Channel Linux Driver
EmlxApps300a6-i386-RH3.0-TAR.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/linuxframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a6-i386-RH3.0-TAR.tar package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS version 2.1, update 4

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

829KB

File Name

rhas21u4_x86-2.01g.img.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

6.1MB

File Name

linux-2.01g-ia64-sl8-rpm-1a.tar

Observations

Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
64-bit Itanium Processor Family

This kit contains the following components:

lpfcdriver-2.01g-1.ia64.rpm - Emulex Fibre Channel Linux Driver
EmlxApps300a6-ia64-SL8-RPM.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/linuxframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a6-ia64-SL8-RPM.tar package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS version 2.1, update 3

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

595KB

File Name

as21u3.i686-2.01g.img.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS version 2.1, update 4

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

455KB

File Name

rhas21_ia64-2.01g.img.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

5.8MB

File Name

linux-2.01g-ia64-rh2.1-rpm-1a.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. 64-bit Itanium Processor Family

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

1.23a

Size Driver

551KB

File Name

lpfcdriver-1.23a-ia64.tgz-1a.tgz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

10.7MB

File Name

linux-2.01g-i386-sl8-tar-1a.tar

Observations

Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
32-bit Intel Architecture

This kit contains the following components:

lpfcdriver-2.01g-1.i386.tar - Emulex Fibre Channel Linux Driver
EmlxApps300a6-i386-SL8-TAR.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/linuxframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a6-i386-SL8-TAR.tar package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

5.1MB

File Name

linux-2.01g-i386-rh2.1-rpm-1a.tar

Observations

Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
32-bit Intel Architecture

This kit contains the following components:

lpfcdriver-2.01g-1.i386.rpm - Emulex Fibre Channel Linux Driver
EmlxApps300a6-i386-RH2.1-RPM.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/linuxframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a6-i386-RH2.1-RPM.tar package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

7.1.14

Size Driver

294KB

File Name

lpfc_2.4_driver_kit-7.1.14-3.tar.gz

Observations

7.1.14 RHEL3 u5 (Linux CD), u4, u3, SLES8 SP4
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Update 4 (PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 4 (SVC, ESS , DS6000, DS8000)Utilities: Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a20 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a10
This kit includes the gz file containing an install script and 2 scripted source RPMs. (295 KB gz file).

1. System Requirements
2. Description of Changes
3. Errata

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The Emulex LPFC driver and LPFC DFC driver RPMs require that the
kernel sources be installed on the system in order for the RPM
installation to succeed. The following distributions of Linux are
supported by the Emulex drivers:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 with Service Pack 3

2. Description of Changes

The lpfc-install script installs both the LPFC driver and the LPFC
DFC driver RPMs. These RPMs install their driver sources to the
/usr/src/lpfc directory, build their drivers for the currently
running kernel, and then install the drivers to the proper
directory for the currently running kernel.

Once the RPMs are installed, the lpfc-install script creates a new
ramdisk for the currently running kernel so that the 'lpfc' driver
is loaded when the kernel is initialized during system startup.
The 'elxlpfc' init script is also installed and configured to start
and stop the 'lpfcdfc' driver during system startup and shutdown.

3. Errata

- On SLES 8 SP3, the uninstall procedure does not fully remove all
of the driver files that get built during installation. Run the
'lpfc-install --uninstall' command twice to remove all the
driver files.

- SLES 8 does not handle the Peripheral Qualifier Bit set to 1
correctly. If you need to use some lun scanning software to
dynamically add new luns to a SLES 8 system, you must to set the
lpfc_inq_pqb_filter parameter.

- On some large configurations, with many targets and other
initiators, FC discovery may not complete before the SCSI
subsystem probes for devices. If this occurs, some SCSI devices
may not be detected at boot. The missing devices can be detected
by requesting the SCSI subsystem to rescan via /proc/scsi/scsi
and the "scsi add-single-device "
mechanism. Emulex provides a script, called lun_scan, which
automates the scan requests for Emulex adapters. This script is
contained the driver applications kit. This script can be
integrated into the system run-level transitions to ensure that
all devices are fully detected.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS version 3, update 1

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

597KB

File Name

as3u1.i686-2.01g.img.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS version 3.0, update 2,

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

237KB

File Name

rhel3u2_ia64-2.01g.img.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. Stand-alone driver for all supported platforms with no utility

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

287KB

File Name

lpfcdriver-2.01g.tgz

Observations

Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6

This Application kit has been designed for the following environment:

- Supported Hardware architecture platforms:
- 32-bit Intel platforms (I386)
- 64-bit Intel platforms (IA64)
- 64-bit Power PC platforms (PPC64)

- Supported Linux Distributions:
Redhat Enterprise Linux AS 2.1
Redhat Enterprise Linux AS 3
SuSE SLES 8
Please refer to Emulex Website (www.emulex.com) for an update and accurate list of kernel versions.

- Supported Emulex enterprise adapters:
- LP10000DC
- LP10000
- LP1050DC
- LP1050
- LP9802DC
- LP9802
- LP982
- LP9402DC
- LP9002DC
- LP9002L
- LP9000
- LP952L
- LP8000DC
- LP8000

- This driver supports any mix of the above Emulex adapters within a single host system.

Main driver features:
1. Full fabric support, discovery, FCP and fibre channel device/error and exception handling
2. Concurrent multi-protocol (FCP and IP) support
3. Supports INT13 (EDD 2.1/3.0) fabric boot.
4. This driver is entirely self-contained and intended for configuration using lpfc. No external utility is required or supported.
5. This driver will not be dependent on any non-open source program for its execution. It will not taint an open source kernel.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. SUSE Enterprise Server 8 (SLES 8)

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

1.23a

Size Driver

587KB

File Name

sles8.i586-1.23a.img.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

10.4MB

File Name

linux-2.01g-ia64-rh3.0-tar-1a.tar

Observations

Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
64-bit Itanium Processor Family

This kit contains the following components:

lpfcdriver-2.01g-1.ia64.tar - Emulex Fibre Channel Linux Driver
EmlxApps300a6-ia64-RH3.0-TAR.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/linuxframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a6-ia64-RH3.0-TAR.tar package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS version 3.0, update 2,

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

590KB

File Name

rhas3u2_x86-2.01g.img.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. 32-bit Intel Architecture

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

1.23a

Size Driver

431KB

File Name

lpfcdriver-1.23a-i386.rpm-1a.tgz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. 32-bit Intel Architecture

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

1.23a

Size Driver

432KB

File Name

lpfcdriver-1.23a-i386.tgz-1a.tgz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

7.3.2

Size Driver

297KB

File Name

lpfc_2.4_driver_kit-7.3.2-1.tar.gz

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 3 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 5 and 6 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 2, 3, 4 and 5 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Base driver, application helper module and install script
(297 KB gz file)

1. System Requirements
2. Description of Changes
3. Driver Installation
4. Driver Uninstallation
5. Errata

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The Emulex LPFC driver and LPFC DFC driver RPMs require gcc compiler
tools and the kernel sources for the running kernel be installed on
the system in order for the RPM installation to succeed. The following
distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex drivers:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 with Service Pack 3

2. Description of Changes

The lpfc-install script installs both the LPFC driver and the LPFC
DFC driver RPMs. These RPMs install their driver sources to the
/usr/src/lpfc directory, build their drivers for the currently
running kernel, and then install the drivers to the proper
directory for the currently running kernel.

Once the RPMs are installed, the lpfc-install script creates a new
ramdisk for the currently running kernel so that the 'lpfc' driver
is loaded when the kernel is initialized during system startup.
The 'elxlpfc' init script is also installed and configured to start
and stop the 'lpfcdfc' driver during system startup and shutdown.

3. Driver Installation

Please refer to the LPFC Linux 7.3 documentation on the Emulex
website at http://www.emulex.com for an installation manual that
includes a complete set of options for the lpfc-install program.

Emulex strongly recommends uninstalling any old LPFC driver kits
before installing the new driver kit. Please refer to the "Driver
Uninstallation" section to uninstall previous versions of the
Emulex LPFC 7.x or older driver.

Log in as the user 'root' to a terminal, change to the directory in
which the Emulex LPFC 7.3 driver kit is installed, and execute the
'lpfc-install' script with no options to install the driver:

./lpfc-install

Once the 'lpfc-install' script has completed successfully, the
Emulex LPFC and LPFC DFC drivers will be loaded, and fibre channel
disks that are properly connected to the system should be
accessible. However, a reboot of the system is recommended to load
the 'lpfc' driver through the ramdisk.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

7.3.6

Size Driver

300KB

File Name

lpfc_2.4_driver_kit-7.3.6-2.tar.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

665KB

File Name

sles8sp3_i386-2.01g.img.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

704KB

File Name

sles8sp3_ia64-2.01g.img.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8, Service Pack 3

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

1MB

File Name

sles8sp3rc4_x86-2.01g.img.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

7.2.4

Size Driver

297KB

File Name

lpfc_2.4_driver_kit-7.2.4-1.tar.gz

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 3 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 5 and 6 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 2, 3 and 4 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Base driver, application helper module and install script (298 KB gz file)

1. System Requirements
2. Description of Changes
3. Driver Installation
4. Driver Uninstallation
5. Errata

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The Emulex LPFC driver and LPFC DFC driver RPMs require gcc compiler
tools and the kernel sources for the running kernel be installed on
the system in order for the RPM installation to succeed. The following
distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex drivers:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 with Service Pack 3

2. Description of Changes

The lpfc-install script installs both the LPFC driver and the LPFC
DFC driver RPMs. These RPMs install their driver sources to the
/usr/src/lpfc directory, build their drivers for the currently
running kernel, and then install the drivers to the proper
directory for the currently running kernel.

Once the RPMs are installed, the lpfc-install script creates a new
ramdisk for the currently running kernel so that the 'lpfc' driver
is loaded when the kernel is initialized during system startup.
The 'elxlpfc' init script is also installed and configured to start
and stop the 'lpfcdfc' driver during system startup and shutdown.

3. Driver Installation

Please refer to the LPFC Linux 7.2 documentation on the Emulex
website at http://www.emulex.com for an installation manual that
includes a complete set of options for the lpfc-install program.

Emulex strongly recommends uninstalling any old LPFC driver kits
before installing the new driver kit. Please refer to the "Driver
Uninstallation" section to uninstall previous versions of the
Emulex LPFC 7.x or older driver.

Log in as the user 'root' to a terminal, change to the directory in
which the Emulex LPFC 7.2 driver kit is installed, and execute the
'lpfc-install' script with no options to install the driver:

./lpfc-install

Once the 'lpfc-install' script has completed successfully, the
Emulex LPFC and LPFC DFC drivers will be loaded, and fibre channel
disks that are properly connected to the system should be
accessible. However, a reboot of the system is recommended to load
the 'lpfc' driver through the ramdisk.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

5.7MB

File Name

linux-2.01g-i386-sl8-rpm-1a.tar

Observations

Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
32-bit Intel Architecture

This kit contains the following components:

lpfcdriver-2.01g-1.i386.rpm - Emulex Fibre Channel Linux Driver
EmlxApps300a6-i386-SL8-RPM.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/linuxframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a6-i386-SL8-RPM.tar package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

7.1.14

Size Driver

139.7MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-2.0a20-7.1.14-1.tar

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 3
(x86 and x64 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 5 and 6 (x86 and x64 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 2, 3 and 4
(x86 and x64 architectures)
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a20 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a10
This kit includes the Tar file containing the management utilites: HBAnyware v2.0a20 and LPUTIL v1.6a10. (145 MB).

HBAnyware 2.0a20 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 2.0a20
SSC version 2.0a15
DFC Library version 7.1.14
Lputil version 1.6a10
HBAAPI version 2.0.f

Dependencies:

lpfc 7.1.14
HBAnyware is dependant on lpfc being installed, so install lpfc first if it is not already installed.

Installing HBAnyware

1. Copy the ElxLinuxApps-2.0a20-7.1.14-1.tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf ElxLinuxApps-2.0a20-7.1.14-1.tar
4. su to root
5. Run the install script: ./install
Uninstalling HBAnyware

1. Complete steps 1 through 4 from "Installing HBAnyware" above.
2. Run the uninstall script: ./uninstall
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
ppc64/sles8 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must replace the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib/libemulexhbaapi.so
with this line
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

ppc64/(non-sles8) and amd64 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must add the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

HBAnyware Help:
To view the HBAnyware help pages or to access the Emulex Technical support pages you must have one of the
following web browsers installed:
mozilla, konqueror
Helpful scripts

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware - This script will stop all HBAnyware daemons and GUIs.
Run this if you need to unload the driver.

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/start_rmserver - This script will re-start the rmserver daemon.
Run this if you manually load the lpfc driver.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

7.2.4

Size Driver

162.9MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-2.1a12-7.2.4-1.tar

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 3 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 5 and 6 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 2, 3 and 4 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
HBAnyware utility 2.1a12, HBAnyware Security Configurator 2.1a12, lputil 2.0a4, DFC library 7.2.4 and HBA API 2.0f (167 MB tar file)

HBAnyware 2.1a12 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 2.1a12
SSC version 2.1a12
DFC Library version 7.2.4
Lputil version 2.0a4
HBAAPI version 2.0.f

Dependencies:

lpfc 7.2.4
HBAnyware is dependant on lpfc being installed, so install lpfc first if it is not already installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.

Installing HBAnyware

1. Copy the ElxLinuxApps-2.1a12-7.2.4-1.tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf ElxLinuxApps-2.1a12-7.2.4-1.tar
4. su to root
5. Run the install script: ./install
Uninstalling HBAnyware

1. Complete steps 1 through 4 from "Installing HBAnyware" above.
2. Run the uninstall script: ./uninstall
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
ppc64/sles8 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must replace the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib/libemulexhbaapi.so
with this line
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

ppc64/(non-sles8) and amd64 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must add the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

HBAnyware Help:
To view the HBAnyware help pages or to access the Emulex Technical support pages you must have one of the
following web browsers installed:
mozilla, konqueror

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

7.3.2

Size Driver

175.3MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-2.1a24-7.3.2-1-2.tar

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 3 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 5 and 6 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 2, 3, 4 and 5 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
HBAnyware utility 2.1a24, lputil 2.0a9 (175 MB tar file)

HBAnyware 2.1a24 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 2.1a24
SSC version 2.1a24
DFC Library version 1.2.1-1
Lputil version 2.0a9
HBAAPI version 2.0.f

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 7.3.2-1 or later
HBAnyware is dependant on lpfc being installed, so install lpfc first if it is not already installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.

Installing HBAnyware

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. su to root
5. Run the install script: ./install
Uninstalling HBAnyware

1. Complete steps 1 through 4 from "Installing HBAnyware" above.
2. Run the uninstall script: ./uninstall
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
ppc64/sles8 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must replace the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib/libemulexhbaapi.so
with this line
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

ppc64/(non-sles8) and amd64 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must add the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

HBAnyware Help:
To view the HBAnyware help pages or to access the Emulex Technical support pages you must have one of the
following web browsers installed:
mozilla, konqueror
Helpful scripts

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware - This script will stop all HBAnyware daemons and GUIs.
Run this if you need to unload the driver.

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/start_rmserver - This script will re-start the rmserver daemon.
Run this if you manually load the lpfc driver.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Application Helper Module

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

7.1.14

Size Driver

68KB

File Name

lpfc_2.4_ioctl_module_kit-1.0.13-2.tar.gz

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 3
(x86 and x64 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 5 and 6 (x86 and x64 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 2, 3 and 4
(x86 and x64 architectures)
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a20 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a10
This kit includes the Tar file containing install script and scripted source RPM (69 KB).

1. System Requirements
2. Description of Changes
3. Errata

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The Emulex LPFC DFC driver RPM requires that the kernel sources be
installed on the system in order for the RPM installation to
succeed. The following distributions of Linux are supported by the
Emulex drivers:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Update 4

2. Description of Changes

The ioctl-install script installs the LPFC DFC driver RPM. This
RPM installs the driver sources to the /usr/src/lpfcdfc directory,
builds the driver for the currently running kernel, and then
installs the drivers to the proper directory for the currently
running kernel.

Once the RPM is installed, the 'elxlpfc' init script is installed
and configured to start and stop the 'lpfcdfc' driver during system
startup and shutdown.

3. Errata

- The Emulex HBAnyware configuration utility is not supported in
this release.

- On some large configurations, with many targets and other
initiators, FC discovery may not complete before the SCSI
subsystem probes for devices. If this occurs, some SCSI devices
may not be detected at boot. The missing devices can be detected
by requesting the SCSI subsystem to rescan via /proc/scsi/scsi
and the "scsi add-single-device "
mechanism. Emulex provides a script, called lun_scan, which
automates the scan requests for Emulex adapters. This script is
contained the driver applications kit. This script can be
integrated into the system run-level transitions to ensure that
all devices are fully detected.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

7.3.6

Size Driver

175.7MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-2.1a29-7.3.6-1-3.tar

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 4 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 7 and 8 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 6, 7 and 8 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
HBAnyware utility 2.1a29, lputil 2.0a12 (175 MB tar file)

HBAnyware 2.1a29 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 2.1a29
SSC version 2.1a29
DFC Library version 1.2.1-1
Lputil version 2.0a12
HBAAPI version 2.0.f

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 7.3.6 or later
HBAnyware is dependant on lpfc being installed, so install lpfc first if it is not already installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.

Installing HBAnyware

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. su to root
5. Run the install script: ./install
Uninstalling HBAnyware

1. Complete steps 1 through 4 from "Installing HBAnyware" above.
2. Run the uninstall script: ./uninstall
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
ppc64/sles8 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must replace the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib/libemulexhbaapi.so
with this line
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

ppc64/(non-sles8) and amd64 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must add the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

SMI-S Provider Kit for RHEL 3

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

7.3.6

Size Driver

10.9MB

File Name

elxsmiproviderrhel3_4-1.0.12-1.tar.gz

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 4 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 7 and 8 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 6, 7 and 8 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
SMI-S HBA Provider, compliant with the SMI-S 1.0.2 specification and certified against the SNIA-CTP v1.0.2.23 suite. Pre-packaged with OpenPegasus CIMOM v2.3.2, as a turnkey SMI-S agent for ease of installation and deployment

RELEASE NOTES for Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
Version 1.0.12
SECTION 1. Introduction
SECTION 2. System Prerequisites
SECTION 3. Supported and Tested Operating Systems
SECTION 4. Installation
SECTION 5. Directory Structure
SECTION 6. Known Limitations
SECTION 7. Frequently Asked Questions
SECTION 1. Introduction

The Emulex SMI HBA Provider is integrated/bundled with OpenPegasus Common
Information Model Object Manager (CIMOM) as a pre-packaged, ready to deploy
SMI-S agent. This package incorporates version 2.3.2 of the OpenPegasus
CIMOM ("http://www.openpegasus.org").

This release supports the FC HBA profile, Server profile and a partial
implementation of the Host Discovered Resources (HDR) profile. The Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider is certified by SNIA Conformance Testing Program (CTP)
v1.0.2.23, and it is fully compliant with SMI-S v1.0.2.

SLPD (Service Location Protocol) is included with the Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
kit and run by default if the system does not have one. For security purposes,
you might want to replace the sample certificates (privkey.cert and elxhba.cert)
with your own signed certificates.

Please refer to "http://www.openssl.org/docs/HOWTO/" for more details on how
to create a certificate.

NOTE: The OpenSSL library was built to exclude support for the IDEA, MDC2
and RC5 encryption algorithms.

License agreements for these Open Source components and the Emulex software
are found in the ancillary.txt file.

The Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider is registered under the namespace: root/emulex.
By default, the following account is created only on Windows:
User Name: cimadmin
Password: pwd580

On Linux, the default user account is:
User Name: root
Password: pwd580

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

SMI-S Provider Kit for SLES 8.0

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

7.3.6

Size Driver

14.8MB

File Name

elxsmiprovidersles8-1.0.12-1.tar.gz

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 4 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 7 and 8 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 6, 7 and 8 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
SMI-S HBA Provider, compliant with the SMI-S 1.0.2 specification and certified against the SNIA-CTP v1.0.2.23 suite. Pre-packaged with OpenPegasus CIMOM v2.3.2, as a turnkey SMI-S agent for ease of installation and deployment

RELEASE NOTES for Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
Version 1.0.12
SECTION 1. Introduction
SECTION 2. System Prerequisites
SECTION 3. Supported and Tested Operating Systems
SECTION 4. Installation
SECTION 5. Directory Structure
SECTION 6. Known Limitations
SECTION 7. Frequently Asked Questions
SECTION 1. Introduction

The Emulex SMI HBA Provider is integrated/bundled with OpenPegasus Common
Information Model Object Manager (CIMOM) as a pre-packaged, ready to deploy
SMI-S agent. This package incorporates version 2.3.2 of the OpenPegasus
CIMOM ("http://www.openpegasus.org").

This release supports the FC HBA profile, Server profile and a partial
implementation of the Host Discovered Resources (HDR) profile. The Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider is certified by SNIA Conformance Testing Program (CTP)
v1.0.2.23, and it is fully compliant with SMI-S v1.0.2.

SLPD (Service Location Protocol) is included with the Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
kit and run by default if the system does not have one. For security purposes,
you might want to replace the sample certificates (privkey.cert and elxhba.cert)
with your own signed certificates.

Please refer to "http://www.openssl.org/docs/HOWTO/" for more details on how
to create a certificate.

NOTE: The OpenSSL library was built to exclude support for the IDEA, MDC2
and RC5 encryption algorithms.

License agreements for these Open Source components and the Emulex software
are found in the ancillary.txt file.

The Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider is registered under the namespace: root/emulex.
By default, the following account is created only on Windows:
User Name: cimadmin
Password: pwd580

On Linux, the default user account is:
User Name: root
Password: pwd580

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Stand-alone driver for all supported platforms with no utility.

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

1.23a

Size Driver

315KB

File Name

lpfcdriver-1.23a.tgz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

SMI-S Provider Kit RHEL

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

7.3.2

Size Driver

10.9MB

File Name

elxsmiproviderrhel3_4-1.0.12-1.tar.gz

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 3 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 5 and 6 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 2, 3, 4 and 5 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
SMI-S HBA Provider, compliant with the SMI-S 1.0.2 specification and certified against the SNIA-CTP v1.0.2.23 suite
Pre-packaged with OpenPegasus CIMOM v2.3.2, as a turnkey SMI-S agent for ease of installation and deployment

RELEASE NOTES for Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
Version 1.0.12
SECTION 1. Introduction
SECTION 2. System Prerequisites
SECTION 3. Supported and Tested Operating Systems
SECTION 4. Installation
SECTION 5. Directory Structure
SECTION 6. Known Limitations
SECTION 7. Frequently Asked Questions
SECTION 1. Introduction

The Emulex SMI HBA Provider is integrated/bundled with OpenPegasus Common
Information Model Object Manager (CIMOM) as a pre-packaged, ready to deploy
SMI-S agent. This package incorporates version 2.3.2 of the OpenPegasus
CIMOM ("http://www.openpegasus.org").

This release supports the FC HBA profile, Server profile and a partial
implementation of the Host Discovered Resources (HDR) profile. The Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider is certified by SNIA Conformance Testing Program (CTP)
v1.0.2.23, and it is fully compliant with SMI-S v1.0.2.

SLPD (Service Location Protocol) is included with the Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
kit and run by default if the system does not have one. For security purposes,
you might want to replace the sample certificates (privkey.cert and elxhba.cert)
with your own signed certificates.

Please refer to "http://www.openssl.org/docs/HOWTO/" for more details on how
to create a certificate.

NOTE: The OpenSSL library was built to exclude support for the IDEA, MDC2
and RC5 encryption algorithms.

License agreements for these Open Source components and the Emulex software
are found in the ancillary.txt file.

The Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider is registered under the namespace: root/emulex.
By default, the following account is created only on Windows:
User Name: cimadmin
Password: pwd580

On Linux, the default user account is:
User Name: root
Password: pwd580

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

SMI-S Provider Kit SLES

Operating System

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Version

7.3.2

Size Driver

14.8MB

File Name

elxsmiprovidersles8-1.0.12-1.tar.gz

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 3 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 5 and 6 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 2, 3, 4 and 5 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
SMI-S HBA Provider, compliant with the SMI-S 1.0.2 specification and certified against the SNIA-CTP v1.0.2.23 suite
Pre-packaged with OpenPegasus CIMOM v2.3.2, as a turnkey SMI-S agent for ease of installation and deployment

RELEASE NOTES for Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
Version 1.0.12
SECTION 1. Introduction
SECTION 2. System Prerequisites
SECTION 3. Supported and Tested Operating Systems
SECTION 4. Installation
SECTION 5. Directory Structure
SECTION 6. Known Limitations
SECTION 7. Frequently Asked Questions
SECTION 1. Introduction

The Emulex SMI HBA Provider is integrated/bundled with OpenPegasus Common
Information Model Object Manager (CIMOM) as a pre-packaged, ready to deploy
SMI-S agent. This package incorporates version 2.3.2 of the OpenPegasus
CIMOM ("http://www.openpegasus.org").

This release supports the FC HBA profile, Server profile and a partial
implementation of the Host Discovered Resources (HDR) profile. The Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider is certified by SNIA Conformance Testing Program (CTP)
v1.0.2.23, and it is fully compliant with SMI-S v1.0.2.

SLPD (Service Location Protocol) is included with the Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
kit and run by default if the system does not have one. For security purposes,
you might want to replace the sample certificates (privkey.cert and elxhba.cert)
with your own signed certificates.

Please refer to "http://www.openssl.org/docs/HOWTO/" for more details on how
to create a certificate.

NOTE: The OpenSSL library was built to exclude support for the IDEA, MDC2
and RC5 encryption algorithms.

License agreements for these Open Source components and the Emulex software
are found in the ancillary.txt file.

The Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider is registered under the namespace: root/emulex.
By default, the following account is created only on Windows:
User Name: cimadmin
Password: pwd580

On Linux, the default user account is:
User Name: root
Password: pwd580

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.2.8.14

Size Driver

333KB

File Name

lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.8.14-1.tar.gz

Observations

SLES 11 (x86 Intel,x86-64 AMD & Intel)
Base driver and install script (333 KB gz file)

1. System Requirements
1.1 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Known Issues
3.1 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
3.1.1 Observed problem
3.1.2 Workaround
3.2 Deletion of Vports/PCI Hot Unplug
3.2.1 Observed Problem
3.2.2 Background
3.3 Port disabled on system boot or HBA reset with authentication enabled
3.3.1 Observed Problem
3.3.2 Workaround
3.4 LILO Boot Loader is not supported - i386 and x86_64 architectures
3.4.1 Observed Problem
3.4.2 Background
3.5 Order of lpfc module in initrd module list
3.5.1 Observed Problem
3.5.2 Workaround
3.6 Devloss timeout after swapping ports
3.6.1 Observed Problem
3.6.2 Workaround
3.7 Deleting vports while devices are in use
3.7.1 Observed Problem
3.7.2 Workaround
3.8 Support of 4Gb/s HBAs in Direct I/O virtualized environments
3.8.1 Observed Problem
3.8.2 Workaround
----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11

1.1 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC driver build to succeed. For example, a
system with the 2.6.27-rc7-12-default kernel would need the
kernel-source-2.6.27-12.1 package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.2.8.32

Size Driver

445KB

File Name

lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.8.32-1.tar.gz

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver and install script (448 KB gz file)

1. System Requirements
1.1 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Known Issues
3.1 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
3.1.1 Observed problem
3.1.2 Workaround
3.2 Deletion of Vports/PCI Hot Unplug
3.2.1 Observed Problem
3.2.2 Background
3.3 Port disabled on system boot or HBA reset with authentication enabled
3.3.1 Observed Problem
3.3.2 Workaround
3.4 LILO Boot Loader is not supported - i386 and x86_64 architectures
3.4.1 Observed Problem
3.4.2 Background
3.5 Order of lpfc module in initrd module list
3.5.1 Observed Problem
3.5.2 Workaround
3.6 Devloss timeout after swapping ports
3.6.1 Observed Problem
3.6.2 Workaround
3.7 Deleting vports while devices are in use
3.7.1 Observed Problem
3.7.2 Workaround
3.8 Support of 4Gb/s HBAs in Direct I/O virtualized environments
3.8.1 Observed Problem
3.8.2 Workaround
3.9 lspci utility displays "Device 0704" for OneConnect Universal CNAs
3.9.1 Observed Problem
3.9.2 Background
3.10 Adapter Initialization on SLES11 with INTx interrupt mode
3.10.1 Observed Problem
3.10.2 Background

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11

1.1 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC driver build to succeed. For example, a
system with the 2.6.27-rc7-12-default kernel would need the
kernel-source-2.6.27-12.1 package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.2.0.39

Size Driver

299KB

File Name

lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.0.39-1.tar.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.2.0.48.2p

Size Driver

452KB

File Name

lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.0.48.2p-1.tar.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.2.0.63

Size Driver

464KB

File Name

lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.0.63-1.tar.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.1.6.6

Size Driver

175KB

File Name

lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.1.6.6-1.tar.gz

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver and install script (214 KB gz file)

1. System Requirements
1.1 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Known Issues
3.1 Loading order of LPFC driver in initial ramdisk
3.1.1 Background
3.1.2 Observed Problem
3.1.3 Workaround

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 10

1.1 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.16.11-7-ppc64 kernel would need the
kernel-source-2.6.16.11-7 package.
2. Description of Install Procedure

The lpfc-install script installs the LPFC driver RPM. This RPM
installs the driver sources to the /usr/src/lpfc directory, builds
the driver for the currently running kernel, and then installs the
driver to the proper directory for the currently running kernel.

Once the RPM is installed, the lpfc-install script creates a new
ramdisk for the currently running kernel so that the 'lpfc' driver
is loaded when the kernel is initialized during system startup.

3. Known Issues

3.1 Loading order of LPFC driver in initial ramdisk

3.1.1 Background

In SLES10, the modules to be loaded as part of the initial ramdisk are
specified through the variable INITRD_MODULES in /etc/sysconfig/kernel. The
modules are loaded in exactly the order in which they appear in
INITRD_MODULES. This is important when starting the system via the initial
ramdisk and accessing the root file system.

The LPFC driver installation adds the "lpfc" driver in the INITRD_MODULES
list of modules at the end of the list, if the "lpfc" list entry is not
already there. If it is already present it will not make any updates.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.2.0.22

Size Driver

274KB

File Name

lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.0.22-2.tar.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

SMI-S Provider Kit Server 9 (x86)

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.27

Size Driver

12.6MB

File Name

elxsmiprovider-sles9-i386-1.1.6-2.tar.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

SMI-S Provider Kit SLES

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.17

Size Driver

11MB

File Name

elxsmiprovidersles9-1.0.12-1.tar.gz

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
SMI-S HBA Provider, compliant with the SMI-S 1.0.2 specification and certified against the SNIA-CTP v1.0.2.23 suite

Pre-packaged with OpenPegasus CIMOM v2.3.2, as a turnkey SMI-S agent for ease of installation and deployment

RELEASE NOTES for Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
Version 1.0.12
SECTION 1. Introduction
SECTION 2. System Prerequisites
SECTION 3. Supported and Tested Operating Systems
SECTION 4. Installation
SECTION 5. Directory Structure
SECTION 6. Known Limitations
SECTION 7. Frequently Asked Questions
SECTION 1. Introduction

The Emulex SMI HBA Provider is integrated/bundled with OpenPegasus Common
Information Model Object Manager (CIMOM) as a pre-packaged, ready to deploy
SMI-S agent. This package incorporates version 2.3.2 of the OpenPegasus
CIMOM ("http://www.openpegasus.org").

This release supports the FC HBA profile, Server profile and a partial
implementation of the Host Discovered Resources (HDR) profile. The Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider is certified by SNIA Conformance Testing Program (CTP)
v1.0.2.23, and it is fully compliant with SMI-S v1.0.2.

SLPD (Service Location Protocol) is included with the Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
kit and run by default if the system does not have one. For security purposes,
you might want to replace the sample certificates (privkey.cert and elxhba.cert)
with your own signed certificates.

Please refer to "http://www.openssl.org/docs/HOWTO/" for more details on how
to create a certificate.

NOTE: The OpenSSL library was built to exclude support for the IDEA, MDC2
and RC5 encryption algorithms.

License agreements for these Open Source components and the Emulex software
are found in the ancillary.txt file.

The Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider is registered under the namespace: root/emulex.
By default, the following account is created only on Windows:
User Name: cimadmin
Password: pwd580

On Linux, the default user account is:
User Name: root
Password: pwd580

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

SMI-S Provider Kit RHEL

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.17

Size Driver

10.9MB

File Name

elxsmiproviderrhel3_4-1.0.12-1.tar.gz

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
SMI-S HBA Provider, compliant with the SMI-S 1.0.2 specification and certified against the SNIA-CTP v1.0.2.23 suite

Pre-packaged with OpenPegasus CIMOM v2.3.2, as a turnkey SMI-S agent for ease of installation and deployment

RELEASE NOTES for Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
Version 1.0.12
SECTION 1. Introduction
SECTION 2. System Prerequisites
SECTION 3. Supported and Tested Operating Systems
SECTION 4. Installation
SECTION 5. Directory Structure
SECTION 6. Known Limitations
SECTION 7. Frequently Asked Questions
SECTION 1. Introduction

The Emulex SMI HBA Provider is integrated/bundled with OpenPegasus Common
Information Model Object Manager (CIMOM) as a pre-packaged, ready to deploy
SMI-S agent. This package incorporates version 2.3.2 of the OpenPegasus
CIMOM ("http://www.openpegasus.org").

This release supports the FC HBA profile, Server profile and a partial
implementation of the Host Discovered Resources (HDR) profile. The Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider is certified by SNIA Conformance Testing Program (CTP)
v1.0.2.23, and it is fully compliant with SMI-S v1.0.2.

SLPD (Service Location Protocol) is included with the Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
kit and run by default if the system does not have one. For security purposes,
you might want to replace the sample certificates (privkey.cert and elxhba.cert)
with your own signed certificates.

Please refer to "http://www.openssl.org/docs/HOWTO/" for more details on how
to create a certificate.

NOTE: The OpenSSL library was built to exclude support for the IDEA, MDC2
and RC5 encryption algorithms.

License agreements for these Open Source components and the Emulex software
are found in the ancillary.txt file.

The Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider is registered under the namespace: root/emulex.
By default, the following account is created only on Windows:
User Name: cimadmin
Password: pwd580

On Linux, the default user account is:
User Name: root
Password: pwd580

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

SMI-S Provider Kit Server 9 (ia64)

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.27

Size Driver

13.9MB

File Name

elxsmiprovider-sles9-ia64-1.1.6-2.tar.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

SMI-S Provider Kit for x86

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.1.6.6

Size Driver

11.7MB

File Name

elxsmiprovider-sles10-i386-1.1.6-2.tar.gz

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
SMI-S HBA Provider, compliant with the SMI-S 1.1.0 specification and certified against the SNIA-CTP v1.1.0.85 suite. Pre-packaged with OpenPegasus CIMOM v2.5.1, as a turnkey SMI-S agent for ease of installation and deployment.

RELEASE NOTES for Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
Version 1.1.6
SECTION 1. Introduction
SECTION 2. System Prerequisites
SECTION 3. Supported and Tested Operating Systems
SECTION 4. Installation
SECTION 5. Directory Structure
SECTION 6. HBAnyware WebLaunch Integration (Optional)
SECTION 7. Known Limitations
SECTION 8. Frequently Asked Questions
SECTION 1. Introduction

The Emulex SMI HBA Provider is integrated/bundled with OpenPegasus Common
Information Model Object Manager (CIMOM) as a pre-packaged, ready to deploy
SMI-S agent. This package incorporates version 2.5.1 of the OpenPegasus
CIMOM ("http://www.openpegasus.org").

This release supports the FC HBA profile, Server profile and a partial
implementation of the Host Discovered Resources (HDR) profile. The Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider is certified by SNIA Conformance Testing Program (CTP)
v1.1.0.85, and it is fully compliant with SMI-S v1.1.0.

SLP (Service Location Protocol) and OpenSSL are included with the Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider kit on Windows and are installed by default if not
already present. See Section 2 for Linux specific details.

For security purposes, you might want to replace the sample certificates
(privkey.cert and elxhba.cert) with your own signed certificates.

NOTE: The included OpenSSL library was built to exclude support for the IDEA,
MDC2 and RC5 encryption algorithms.

License agreements for these Open Source components and the Emulex software
are found in the ancillary.txt file.

The Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider is registered under the namespace: root/emulex.
Members of the local group "Administrators" have full access to the CIM
server by default on Windows.

On Linux, the default user account is:
User Name: root
Password: pwd580

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

SMI-S Provider Kit Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 (ia64)

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.27

Size Driver

14.9MB

File Name

elxsmiprovider-rhel4-ia64-1.1.6-2.tar.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

SMI-S Provider Kit Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 (x86)

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.27

Size Driver

12.4MB

File Name

elxsmiprovider-rhel4-i386-1.1.6-2.tar.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

SMI-S Provider Kit for ia64

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.1.6.6

Size Driver

14.1MB

File Name

elxsmiprovider-sles10-ia64-1.1.6-2.tar.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.46

Size Driver

176.6MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-4.0a38-8.0.16.46-1-1.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.47

Size Driver

176.6MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-4.0a38-8.0.16.47-1-1.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.32

Size Driver

197.7MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-3.2a7-8.0.16.32-1-1.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.34

Size Driver

187.9MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-3.3a20-8.0.16.34-1-1.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.40

Size Driver

196.5MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-3.4a16-8.0.16.40-1-2.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Application helper module

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.17

Size Driver

202KB

File Name

lpfc_2.6_ioctl_module_kit-2.0.9-2.tar.gz

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Use this file only with the RHEL 4 Update 2 or SLES9 SP3 distributions, which contain the 8.0.16.17 driver -- do not use with the driver kit above

1. System Requirements
2. Description of Changes
3. Release Notes
3.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
3.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC Application Helper Module:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 1
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 SP2

2. Description of Changes

The ioctl-install script installs the LPFC Application Helper
Module RPM. This RPM installs the module sources to the
/usr/src/lpfcdfc directory, builds the module for the currently
running kernel, and then installs the module to the proper
directory for the currently running kernel.

Once the RPM is installed, the 'elxlpfc' init script is installed
and configured to start and stop the 'lpfcdfc' driver during system
startup and shutdown.

3. Release Notes

3.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the kernel development
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the Application Helper Module build to succeed.
For example, a system with the 2.6.9-6.37.EL kernel would need the
kernel-devel-2.6.9-6.37.EL package, and a system with the
2.6.9-6.37.ELsmp kernel would need the
kernel-smp-devel-2.6.9-6.37.EL package.

3.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the Application Helper Module build to succeed.
For example, a system with the 2.6.5-7.166-bigsmp kernel would need
the kernel-source-2.6.5-7.166 package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.2.0.39

Size Driver

208.6MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-4.1a36-8.2.0.39-1-1.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.2.0.48.2p

Size Driver

208.6MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-4.1a36-8.2.0.48.2p-1-1.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.2.0.29

Size Driver

179.1MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-4.0a31-8.2.0.29-1-1.tar

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2
architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a31 (179 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

HBAnyware 4.0a31 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.0a31
SSC version 4.0a31
DFC Library version 3.0.25-1-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
FCAUTHD version 1.17-1-1
Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.0.29 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.17

Size Driver

165.4MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-2.1a25-8.0.16.17-1-1.tar

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 2.1a25, lputil 2.0a9 (169 MB tar file)

HBAnyware 2.1a25 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 2.1a25
SSC version 2.1a25
DFC Library version 80.161-5
Lputil version 2.0a9
HBAAPI version 2.1.a

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.0.16.17 or later
HBAnyware is dependant on lpfc being installed, so install lpfc first if it is not already installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.

Installing HBAnyware

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. su to root
5. Run the install script: ./install
Uninstalling HBAnyware

1. Complete steps 1 through 4 from "Installing HBAnyware" above.
2. Run the uninstall script: ./uninstall
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
ppc64/sles8 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must replace the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib/libemulexhbaapi.so
with this line
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

ppc64/(non-sles8) and amd64 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must add the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

HBAnyware Help:
To view the HBAnyware help pages or to access the Emulex Technical support pages you must have one of the
following web browsers installed:
mozilla, konqueror
Helpful scripts

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware - This script will stop all HBAnyware daemons and GUIs.
Run this if you need to unload the driver.

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/start_rmserver - This script will re-start the rmserver daemon.
Run this if you manually load the lpfc driver.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.27

Size Driver

187.2MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-3.0a14-8.0.16.27-1-3.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.27

Size Driver

214KB

File Name

lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.0.16.27-1.tar.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.2.0.33.3p

Size Driver

208.6MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-4.1a36-8.2.0.33.3p-1-1.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.1.10.12

Size Driver

207.2MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-3.2a16-8.1.10.12-1-2.tar

Observations

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.0 and later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 3.2a16, lputil 2.0a14

HBAnyware 3.2a16 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 3.2a16
SSC version 3.2a16
DFC Library version 2.15.1007-1-1
Lputil version 2.0a14
HBAAPI version 2.1.e

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.1.10.12 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.1.6.6

Size Driver

159.3MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-3.0a15-8.1.6.6-1-1.tar

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 3.0a15, lputil 2.0a14, Application helper module 2.1.6 (163 MB tar file)

HBAnyware 3.0a15 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 3.0a15
SSC version 3.0a15
DFC Library version 80.162-7
Lputil version 2.0a14
HBAAPI version 2.1.c
DFC helper module

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.1.6.6 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.

HBAnyware requires the kernel development environment as described here:

This kit installs the Emulex Application Helper Module for the
currently running kernel. Since this installation procedure builds
the module for the currently running kernel, the kernel development
environment must be installed. For systems running Red Hat Enterprise
Linux (RHEL) 4, the appropriate kernel-devel package is required; for
example, a system with the 2.6.9-22.EL kernel would need the
kernel-devel-2.6.9-22.EL package, and a system with the 2.6.9-22.ELsmp
kernel would need the kernel-smp-devel-2.6.9-22.EL package. For
systems running SuSE Linux Enterprise Server (SLES) 9, the appropriate
kernel-source package is required; for example, a system with the
2.6.5-7.139-bigsmp kernel would need the kernel-source-2.6.5-7.139
package.
A log of each installation and uninstallation is recorded in the
following file:

/usr/src/lpfcdfc/utils-install.log
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.2.0.22

Size Driver

198.5MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-3.4a14-8.2.0.22-2-2.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.44

Size Driver

176.6MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-4.0a38-8.0.16.44-1-2.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Core Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.44

Size Driver

12.8MB

File Name

elxlinuxcorekit-4.0a38-8.0.16.44-1-2.tgz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Core Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.47

Size Driver

12.8MB

File Name

elxlinuxcorekit-4.0a38-8.0.16.47-1-1.tgz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.2.0.33.3p

Size Driver

289KB

File Name

lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.0.33.3p-1.tar.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.47

Size Driver

233KB

File Name

lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.0.16.47-1.tar.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Core Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.2.0.39

Size Driver

38.9MB

File Name

elxlinuxcorekit-4.1a36-8.2.0.39-1-1.tgz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Core Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.2.0.63

Size Driver

47MB

File Name

elxocmcore-rhel5-sles10-5.0.17.4-1.tgz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.1.10.12

Size Driver

190KB

File Name

lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.1.10.12-1.tar.gz

Observations

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.0 and later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver and install script

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Known Issues
3.1 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
3.1.1 Observed problem
3.1.2 Workaround

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5

1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the -devel package
which matches the kernel package with the same version as the
currently running kernel must be installed for the LPFC driver
build to succeed. For example, a system with the 2.6.18-7 kernel
would need the kernel-devel-2.6.18-7 package.
2. Description of Install Procedure

The lpfc-install script installs the LPFC driver RPM. This RPM
installs the driver sources to the /usr/src/lpfc directory, builds
the driver for the currently running kernel, and then installs the
driver to the proper directory for the currently running kernel.

Once the RPM is installed, the lpfc-install script creates a new
ramdisk for the currently running kernel so that the 'lpfc' driver
is loaded when the kernel is initialized during system startup.
3. Known Issues

3.1 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications

3.1.1 Observed problem

PCI Hot Plug has been found to cause applications (HBAnyware utilities or
third party applications) that use the Emulex libraries (i.e. HBAAPI), to
misbehave or malfunction.

3.1.2 Workaround

A user should stop all applications that are accessing LPFC's HBAAPI
interface (HBAnyware utilities or third party applications) before
performing PCI Hot Plug of an LPFC HBA.

Use the following command to stop the HBAnyware application:
#/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware

After performing PCI Hot Plug of the HBA you can restart the applications.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.44

Size Driver

231KB

File Name

lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.0.16.44-1.tar.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.46

Size Driver

233KB

File Name

lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.0.16.46-1.tar.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.32

Size Driver

222KB

File Name

lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.0.16.32-1.tar.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.2.0.63

Size Driver

290.7MB

File Name

elxocm-rhel5-sles10-5.0.17.4-1.tgz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.2.8.14

Size Driver

170.9MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-4.1a36-8.2.8.14-1-1.tar

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.1a36 (170 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.40

Size Driver

227KB

File Name

lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.0.16.40-2.tar.gz

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Version

8.0.16.17

Size Driver

260KB

File Name

lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.0.16.17-2.tar.gz

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver, application helper module and install script

1. System Requirements
2. Description of Changes
3. Release Notes
3.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
3.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
3.3 Kernel Upgrade
3.4 Changing Target Timeout
3.4.1 Background
3.4.2 Observed Problem
3.4.3 Workaround
3.5 Machine Check Exception
3.5.1 Observed problem
3.5.2 Workaround
----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
drivers:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 9

2. Description of Install Procedure

The lpfc-install script installs both the LPFC driver and the LPFC
DFC driver RPMs. These RPMs install their driver sources to the
/usr/src/lpfc directory, build their drivers for the currently
running kernel, and then install the drivers to the proper
directory for the currently running kernel.

Once the RPMs are installed, the lpfc-install script creates a new
ramdisk for the currently running kernel so that the 'lpfc' driver
is loaded when the kernel is initialized during system startup.
The 'elxlpfc' init script is also installed and configured to start
and stop the 'lpfcdfc' driver during system startup and shutdown.

3. Release Notes

3.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the kernel development
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.9-5.EL kernel would need the
kernel-devel-2.6.9-5.EL package, and a system with the
2.6.9-5.ELsmp kernel would need the kernel-smp-devel-2.6.9-5.EL
package.

3.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.5-7.139-bigsmp kernel would need the
kernel-source-2.6.5-7.139 package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Real-time Kernels

Version

8.2.0.29

Size Driver

285KB

File Name

lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.2.0.29-1.tar.gz

Observations

Red Hat Enterprise Linux MRG v1.0 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)SUSE Linux Enterprise RT SP2 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver and install script (288 KB gz file)

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Known Issues
3.1 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
3.1.1 Observed problem
3.1.2 Workaround
3.2 Deletion of Vports/PCI Hot Unplug
3.2.1 Observed Problem
3.2.2 Background
3.3 lspci utility displays "Unknown Device" for LPe12000 HBAs
3.3.1 Observed Problem
3.3.2 Background
3.4 Speed of LPe12000 HBA (8Gb) is incorrectly displayed by HBAnyware
3.4.1 Observed Problem
3.4.2 Background
3.5 Port disabled on system boot or HBA reset with authentication enabled
3.5.1 Observed Problem
3.5.2 Workaround
3.6 LILO Boot Loader is not supported - i386 and x86_64 architectures
3.6.1 Observed Problem
3.6.2 Background
3.7 Order of lpfc module in initrd module list
3.7.1 Observed Problem
3.7.2 Workaround
3.8 Devloss timeout after swapping ports
3.8.1 Observed Problem
3.8.2 Workaround
3.9 Suspend to disk and Resume support
3.9.1 Observed Problem
3.9.2 Background
3.10 Deleting vports while devices are in use
3.10.1 Observed Problem
3.10.2 Workaround

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 (SP1 or higher)

1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the -devel package
which matches the kernel package with the same version as the
currently running kernel must be installed for the LPFC driver
build to succeed. For example, a system with the 2.6.18-7 kernel
would need the kernel-devel-2.6.18-7 package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Core Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Real-time Kernels

Version

8.2.0.29

Size Driver

15.3MB

File Name

elxlinuxcorekit-4.0a31-8.2.0.29-1-4.tgz

Observations

Red Hat Enterprise MRG v1.0 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)SUSE Linux Enterprise RT SP2 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)

HBAnyware CoreKit Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBACMD version 4.0a31
DFC Library version 3.0.25_x2-1-2
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
Fcauth version 1.17-1-1

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.0.29 or later

HBAnyware CoreKit requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.
Installing HBAnyware CoreKit:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the appropriate sub-directory associated to the
target machine architecture and OS distribution
5. su to root
6. type : rpm -Uhv *.rpm

7. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd listhbas
to run script utility
Uninstalling HBAnyware CoreKit

1. obtain current CoreKit RPM package name using query :
rpm -qa | grep elxlinux
2. erase core kit package returned in step 1 using RPM erase
(rpm -e xxxx) command
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Known Issues

A. The following issues apply to all Linux distributions

A.1. Virtual Connect backwards compatibility

A.1.1 Background
Starting with HBAnyware CoreKit version 3.2, Emulex provides support for LightPulse
adapters that are reprogrammed with WWPNs outside the typical Emulex range,
such as HP's upcoming Virtual Connect for Fibre Channel on the BladeSystem
c-Class platform.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

Linux 2.6 Real-time Kernels

Version

8.2.0.29

Size Driver

179.1MB

File Name

elxlinuxapps-4.0a31-8.2.0.29-1-4.tar

Observations

Red Hat Enterprise Linux MRG v1.0 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)SUSE Linux Enterprise RT SP2 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a31 (179 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

HBAnyware 4.0a31 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.0a31
SSC version 4.0a31
DFC Library version 3.0.25-1-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
FCAUTHD version 1.17-1-1
Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.2.0.29 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Manual

Information

SPARC Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Operating System

Manual

Version

6.21g

Size Driver

1.6MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

This driver version requires patch #112438 for
Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
LPFC Driver for Solaris User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Manual

Information

Solaris 10 SPARC

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.31p (SPARC)

Size Driver

1.3MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
Instructions for using the sample migration scripts, as well as instructions for migrating from the LPFC driver to the SFS driver

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Release Notes

Information

Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.20.006

Size Driver

48KB

File Name

driver_release_notes_c.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Release Notes

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.0.48.2p

Size Driver

147KB

File Name

driver_release_notes.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Release Notes

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.0.63

Size Driver

31KB

File Name

linux_release_notes.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

HBAnyware User Manual

Information

Windows 2003-2008

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.10a7

Size Driver

5.3MB

File Name

hbanyware.pdf

Observations

Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by both Windows Sever 2003 and Windows Server 2008.
Note
For Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0 Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

HBAnyware User Manual

Information

SPARC Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Operating System

Manual

Version

6.30g (Legacy)

Size Driver

5.3MB

File Name

hbanyware.pdf

Observations

This driver is posted as is, with no new version planned.
This driver version requires patch #112438 for Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

HBAnyware User Manual

Information

Solaris 10 SPARC

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.40s (SPARC)

Size Driver

4.6MB

File Name

hbanyware.pdf

Observations

SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

HBAnyware User Manual

Information

Solaris 10 SPARC

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.31p (SPARC)

Size Driver

5.3MB

File Name

hbanyware.pdf

Observations

SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

HBAnyware Release Notes

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.0.48.2p

Size Driver

34KB

File Name

linux_release_notes.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

HBAnyware Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.0.16.34

Size Driver

3.1MB

File Name

hbanyware.pdf

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Utility User Manual

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

HBAnyware Manual

Information

SPARC Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Operating System

Manual

Version

6.21g

Size Driver

3.5MB

File Name

hbanyware.pdf

Observations

This driver version requires patch #112438 for
Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
HBAnyware Utility User Manual

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

HBAnyware Manual

Information

Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Operating System

Manual

Version

6.21f

Size Driver

3.5MB

File Name

hbanyware.pdf

Observations

This driver version requires patch #112438 for
Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
HBAnyware Utility User Manual

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

HBAnyware Manual version 3.2

Information

VMware

Operating System

Manual

Version

7.4.0.13, 7.4.0.13-1, 7.4.0.13-2, 7.3.2_vmw (All)

Size Driver

2.4MB

File Name

hbanyware32.pdf

Observations

Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5.0, ESX 3.5 U1, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAsVirtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U2, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAsVirtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0, ESX 3.0.1, ESX 3.0.2, 3.0.3; Virtual Center 2.0, 2.0.1, 2.0.2) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAs

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Starting the HBAnyware Utility .......................................................................... 2
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch ........................................................ 2
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 2
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ............................................. 3
Changing Management Mode .......................................................................... 3
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ......................................... 4
The Menu Bar ............................................................................................. 4
The Toolbar ................................................................................................. 4
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................... 5
The Discovery-Tree..................................................................................... 5
Property Tabs.............................................................................................. 6
Status Bar ................................................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Utility Command-Line Interface...................................... 7
Using the CLI Client (Linux) ........................................................................ 7
Discovering HBAs.................................................................................................. 22
Configuring Discovery Settings ....................................................................... 23
Sorting HBA Information ........................................................................................ 24
Sort by Host Name .......................................................................................... 24
Sort by Fabric Address .................................................................................... 24
Sorting Local HBAs Only ................................................................................. 24
Viewing HBA Information....................................................................................... 25
Viewing Discovery Information ........................................................................ 25
Discovery Information Field Definitions ..................................................... 25
Viewing Host Information................................................................................. 26
The Host Information Tab.......................................................................... 26
The Host Driver Parameters Tab............................................................... 27
Viewing General HBA Attributes...................................................................... 28
Adapter Summary Field Definitions ........................................................... 28
Adapter Status Area Field Definitions........................................................ 29
Viewing Detailed HBA Information................................................................... 29
Adapter Details Field Definitions ............................................................... 30
Port Attributes Field Definitions ................................................................. 30
Loop Map Table Definitions ....................................................................... 31
Viewing Fabric Information .............................................................................. 31
Discovery Information Field Definitions ..................................................... 31
Viewing Target Information .............................................................................. 32
Target Information Field Definitions........................................................... 32
Viewing LUN Information................................................................................. 33
LUN Information Field Definitions.............................................................. 33
Viewing Port Statistics ..................................................................................... 34
Port Statistics Field Definitions .................................................................. 34
Viewing Firmware Information ......................................................................... 35
Firmware Field Definitions......................................................................... 36
Viewing Target Mapping ................................................................................. 37
Target Mapping Field Definitions ............................................................... 37
Resetting HBAs ..................................................................................................... 38
Updating Firmware ................................................................................................ 38
Prerequisites ............................................................................................. 38

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

HBAnyware Manual version 3.1

Information

VMware

Operating System

Manual

Version

7.4.0.13, 7.4.0.13-1, 7.4.0.13-2, 7.3.2_vmw (All)

Size Driver

2.1MB

File Name

hbanyware31.pdf

Observations

Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5.0, ESX 3.5 U1, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAsVirtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U2, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAsVirtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0, ESX 3.0.1, ESX 3.0.2, 3.0.3; Virtual Center 2.0, 2.0.1, 2.0.2) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAs

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Starting the HBAnyware Utility .......................................................................... 2
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 2
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ............................................. 3
Changing Management Mode .......................................................................... 3
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ......................................... 4
The Menu Bar ............................................................................................. 4
The Toolbar ................................................................................................. 4
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................... 5
The Discovery-Tree..................................................................................... 5
Property Tabs.............................................................................................. 6
Status Bar ................................................................................................... 6
Using the HBAnyware Command-Line Interface ............................................... 6
Discovering HBAs.................................................................................................. 11
Configuring Discovery Settings ....................................................................... 12
Sorting HBA Information ........................................................................................ 13
Sort by Host Name .......................................................................................... 13
Sort by Fabric Address .................................................................................... 13
Sorting Local HBAs Only ................................................................................. 13
Viewing HBA Information....................................................................................... 14
Viewing Discovery Information ........................................................................ 14
Discovery Information Field Definitions ..................................................... 14
Viewing Host Information................................................................................. 15
The Host Information Tab.......................................................................... 15
The Host Driver Parameters Tab............................................................... 16
Viewing General HBA Attributes...................................................................... 17
Adapter Summary Field Definitions ........................................................... 17
Adapter Status Area Field Definitions........................................................ 18
Viewing Detailed HBA Information................................................................... 18
Adapter Details Field Definitions ............................................................... 19
Port Attributes Field Definitions ................................................................. 19
Loop Map Table Definitions ....................................................................... 20
Viewing Fabric Information .............................................................................. 20
Discovery Information Field Definitions ..................................................... 20
Viewing Target Information .............................................................................. 21
Target Information Field Definitions........................................................... 21
Viewing LUN Information................................................................................. 22
LUN Information Field Definitions.............................................................. 22
Viewing Port Statistics ..................................................................................... 23
Port Statistics Field Definitions .................................................................. 23
Viewing Firmware Information ......................................................................... 24
Firmware Field Definitions......................................................................... 25
Viewing Target Mapping ................................................................................. 26
Target Mapping Field Definitions ............................................................... 26
Resetting HBAs ..................................................................................................... 27
Updating Firmware ................................................................................................ 27
Prerequisites ............................................................................................. 27
Procedure ................................................................................................. 27
Updating Firmware (Batch Mode).................................................................... 29

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

HBAnyware Manual Utility User Manual

Information

Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Operating System

Manual

Version

6.20j

Size Driver

3.1MB

File Name

hbanyware.pdf

Observations

This driver version requires patch #112438 for
Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with this Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

HBAnyware User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.0.22

Size Driver

3.5MB

File Name

hbanyware.pdf

Observations

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.0 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
HBAnyware Utility User Manual

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

HBAnyware User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.0.16.44

Size Driver

5.3MB

File Name

hbanyware.pdf

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Linux User Manual

Information

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

7.3.6

Size Driver

6MB

File Name

set.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

HBAnyware User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Real-time Kernels

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.0.29

Size Driver

5.3MB

File Name

hbanyware.pdf

Observations

Red Hat Enterprise Linux MRG v1.0 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)SUSE Linux Enterprise RT SP2 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

HBAnyware User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.8.14

Size Driver

4.6MB

File Name

hbanyware.pdf

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Linux Offline Utility, Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

1.0a14

Size Driver

491KB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Emulex driver version 8.2.0.29 (or later) for Linux
Emulex driver version 8.0.16.44 (or later) for Linux

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

HBAnyware User Manual

Information

Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.20.006

Size Driver

4.6MB

File Name

hbanyware.pdf

Observations

Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2. Note
For Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.1

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Release Notes

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.8.14

Size Driver

30KB

File Name

driver_release_notes.pdf

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the driver (31 KB)

Release Notes
Date: March 2009 Product: Driver for Linux Version: 8.2.8.14 This document describes the new features, resolved known issues and current known issues associated with this driver build release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.Emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Corporation technical support representative.
New Features Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
1. Supports the LP21000 and LP21002 FCoE adapters. (10 Gb/s capable) 2. Supports the LPe1250, LPe1252, LPe12000 and LPe12002 adapters. (2, 4 and 8 Gb/s capable) 3. Supports the latest HBAnyware utility version 4.1 as part of the master kit. Refer to the HBAnyware Utility User Manual for more information. 4. Supports SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11. (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, AMD64, and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) 5. Adds interfaces via the sysfs file system to update speed and topology parameters without requiring link bounce. 6. Supports Power Management Suspend/Resume operations. 7.
Resolved Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
Supports MSI-X interrupt handling.
Known Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
There are no resolved issues in this driver version.
1. PCI Hot Plug may cause applications to malfunction Performing a PCI Hot Plug may cause the HBAnyware utilities or third party applications that use the Emulex libraries (i.e. HBAAPI) to behave unpredictably or malfunction. Workaround: 1. Stop all applications that are accessing LPFC's HBAAPI interface (HBAnyware utilities or third party applications) before performing PCI Hot Plug of an LPFC HBA. Use the following command to stop the HBAnyware application: #/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware 2. Perform the PCI Hot Plug of the HBA. 3. Restart the application.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Release Notes

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.8.32

Size Driver

25KB

File Name

linux_11_release_notes.pdf

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)

Release Notes
Date: February 2010
Product: Driver for Linux
Version: FC and FCoE version 8.2.8.x
NIC version 2.101.374.0
iSCSI version 2.101.374.0

New Features in the Driver for Linux
1. Supports the OCe1010x OneConnect Universal Converged Network Adapters (CNAs).
2. Supports the OneCommand Manager application version 5.0. Refer to the OneCommand Manager
application User Manual for more information.
3. Adds PCI ID support for the LPSe12002-ML1-E EmulexSecure Fibre Channel Adapter.
4. Adds support for Advanced Error Reporting (AER) for PCIe HBAs.
Resolved Issues in the Driver for Linux
1. Multipath Package Issues Resolved
Corrected issues with the multipath package functions with the OneConnect UCNA.
2. FCF Failures Addressed
Resolved various FCF failures.
3. Corrected Adapter Reset
Corrected adapter reset and offline/online stress test failing with I/O errors.
4. Multiple Spurious Interrupts Resolved
Required OneConnect UCNA to set up and use single FCP EQ only under INTx interrupt mode. Changed
lpfc_use_msi module parameter to use INTx mode (not MSI) by default. This prevents multiple spurious
interrupts from the firmware.
5. Extended Error Handling Issue Resolved
Blocked all SCSI I/O requests from the midlayer until target rediscovery during Extended Error Handling
(EEH).
6. VPort Log Out Issue Resolved
Corrected an issue that prevented a VPort to log out if deleted.
7. mbox sysfs Attribute Resolved
Corrected an issue that resulted in the mbox sysfs attribute smaller than the mailbox extension size.
8. LUN Panic Resolved
Corrected a potential panic if LUNs were unmapped.
9. CPU Lockup Corrected
Resolved an issue that caused the CPU to lock up or hang during boot when authentication is
enabled (fcauthd process is started).
10. Hot Plug Issue Resolved
Corrected a potential system panic issue during PCI Hot Plug.
11. List Corruption Corrected
Corrected an issue that caused a list corruption while unloading the driver.
12. Fabric Login Issue Corrected
Resolved an issue that caused the frame to be zeroed on the wire after a fabric login FLOGI .
13. Advanced Error Reporting Issue Resolved
Added logic to stop and abort all I/Os on an HBA for an advanced error reporting (AER) uncorrectable
non-fatal error handling.
14. AER sysfs entry Point Changed
Made the AER sysfs entry point return "Operation not permitted" for OneConnect UCNAs.
15. Unsolicited CT Exchange Sequences Corrected
Corrected handling of unsolicited CT exchange sequences.
16. Clear Virtual Link Support Added
Added support for Clear Virtual Link command.
17. devloss Timeout Issue Corrected
Corrected a devloss timeout issue when multiple initiators were in the same zone.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. Complete Manual

Information

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.01g

Size Driver

2.6MB

File Name

set.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Manual

Information

SPARC Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Operating System

Manual

Version

6.30g (Legacy)

Size Driver

1.6MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Note This driver is posted as is, with no new version planned.
This driver version requires patch #112438 for Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
LPFC Driver for Solaris User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

FCA Utilities Manual

Information

Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Operating System

Manual

Version

6.10gx2

Size Driver

1MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Emulex recommends installing driver version 6.10gx2, which adds a critical fix to the previously posted 6.10g driver. Driver functionality and behavior are otherwise identical.
Installing and using the FCA utilities

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

HBAnyware Command Line User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.0.39

Size Driver

964KB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.1

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

HBAnyware Command Line User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Real-time Kernels

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.0.29

Size Driver

888KB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Red Hat Enterprise MRG v1.0 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)SUSE Linux Enterprise RT SP2 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a31 (15.3 MB tar file)
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.0

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Manual

Information

Solaris 10 SPARC

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.40s (SPARC)

Size Driver

1.3MB

File Name

solarissfs.pdf

Observations

SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
Instructions for using the sample migration scripts, as well as instructions for migrating from the LPFC driver to the SFS driver

Introduction................................................................................................................... 1
Fibre Channel Overview .................................................................................... 1
The Solaris Fibre Channel Stack ....................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 3
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Solaris SFS FCA (emlxs) Driver ......................................................... 4
Downloading and Installing the Driver for Solaris 10 and OpenSolaris
(SPARC, x64 and x86) ...................................................................................... 4
Utilities..................................................................................................................... 4
The HBAnyware Utility ................................................................................ 4
The emlxadm Utility..................................................................................... 5
The emlxdrv Utility ...................................................................................... 5
Installing the FCA Utilities and the HBAnyware Utility ....................................... 5
Installing or Updating the FCA Utilities Using the emlxu_install Script ........ 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility, Web Launch and Security Configurator.... 7
Installing the HBAnyware Utility .................................................................. 7
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch ...................................... 8
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ................................ 9
Installing or Updating the Utilities Package Manually .................................. 9
Removing the Utilities Using the emlxu_remove Script ............................. 10
Removing the Utilities Package Manually ................................................. 11
Configuration and Migration......................................................................................... 12
Introduction............................................................................................................ 12
Changing Driver Properties Using the emlxs.conf File........................................... 12
Enabling NPIV Support on Solaris 10.............................................................. 12
Enabling NPIV Support on OpenSolaris .......................................................... 13
NPIV Configuration Limits ......................................................................... 13
NPIV and OS Virtualization ....................................................................... 13
Using VPorts with Logical Domains, Containers and xVM......................... 14
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 14
DHCHAP Authentication Driver Properties ...................................................... 15
Configuring Target Mode Support for OpenSolaris ................................................ 15
Emulex SFS FCA Driver Properties ....................................................................... 15
The Configuration File (emlxs.conf) .......................................................... 15
Migrating from the Solaris LPFC Driver to the Solaris emlxs Driver....................... 22
Operational Behaviors of the emlxs Driver ...................................................... 22
Use Cases....................................................................................................... 22
Sample Script File Details ............................................................................... 23
start_emlxs_migration.sh ......................................................................... 23
finish_emlxs_migration.sh......................................................................... 24
Migrating a Configuration without FC Boot ...................................................... 24
Migrating Automatically ............................................................................. 24
Prerequisites ............................................................................................. 24
Procedures................................................................................................ 25
Migrating a Configuration with FC Boot ........................................................... 27
Prerequisite............................................................................................... 27
Procedure ................................................................................................. 27
Solaris emlxs and Solaris LPFC Driver Properties Cross-Reference Table ..... 30

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

User Manual for Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2

Information

Manual

Operating System

Manual

Version

FC and FCoE (driver version 2.30.016)

Size Driver

2.4MB

File Name

windows_drivers.pdf

Observations

This driver supports FCoE, iSCSI and Ethernet adapters as well as FC adapters.
Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2.
Note
On FC and FCoE adapters, for Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64 (FC only)
User manual for Emulex drivers for Windows Server 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Important Considerations......................................................................................... 2
New in This Release ......................................................................................... 2
Minimum Software Requirements...................................................................... 2
Changing Driver Types...................................................................................... 2
Storport Miniport Driver Information ......................................................................... 2
FC and FCoE Driver .......................................................................................... 2
iSCSI Driver ...................................................................................................... 3
NDIS Miniport Ethernet (NIC) Driver.................................................................. 3
Driver Kit Installer Overview .................................................................................... 4
Files Installed by the Driver Kit Installer............................................................. 4
AutoPilot Installer Overview..................................................................................... 5
AutoPilot Installer Features ............................................................................... 5
Text-Only Installation ......................................................................................... 5
Installing the Driver Kit............................................................................................. 6
Starting Installers from a Command Prompt or Script .............................................. 6
Running a Software Installation Interactively ........................................................... 6
Hardware-First Installation or Driver and Utility Update ..................................... 8
Software-First Installation ................................................................................ 10
Utility-Only Update .......................................................................................... 10
Diagnostics...................................................................................................... 12
Performing an Unattended Installation................................................................... 12
Driver Kit Installer Command Line Parameters ...................................................... 13
Configuring an AutoPilot Installer Kit ..................................................................... 14
AutoPilot Installer Command Line Parameters ................................................ 15
Command Line Parameter Settings .......................................................... 15
Configuration File Location ....................................................................... 16
Software Configuration Parameters .......................................................... 17
AutoPilot Configuration File ............................................................................. 20
Configuration Identification [AUTOPILOT.ID]............................................. 21
Software Configuration [AUTOPILOT.CONFIG] ........................................ 21
Configuration Prompts/Vendor-Specific Questions
[STORPORT.CONFIGURATION] .............................................................. 21
QFE Checks [STORPORT.QFES] ............................................................. 23
Setting Up FC Driver Parameters [STORPORT.PARAMS] ........................ 23
Setting Up System Parameters [SYSTEM.PARAMS]................................ 23
AutoPilot Installer Exit Codes .......................................................................... 24
AutoPilot Installer Installation Reports....................................................... 25
Command Script Example......................................................................... 25
Manual Installation and Updating Procedures ....................................................... 27
Manually Installing or Updating the Emulex Protocol Drivers .......................... 27
Installing the Emulex PLUS (ElxPlus) Driver for the First Time ................. 27
Updating the Emulex PLUS (ElxPlus) Driver ............................................. 28
Installing or Updating the FC Storport Miniport Driver ............................... 28
Installing or Updating the iSCSI Driver ...................................................... 29
Installing or Updating the NIC Driver ......................................................... 30
Installing the Driver Utilities ............................................................................. 31
OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Procedures .............................. 31

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

HBAnyware Command Line User Manual

Information

VMware

Operating System

Manual

Version

7.4.0.40

Size Driver

888KB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U4, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.0

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

User Manual HBAnyware Utility Version 3.4

Information

Windows 2003-2008

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.01a4

Size Driver

3.5MB

File Name

hbanyware.pdf

Observations

Qualification: The Storport Miniport driver is WHQL qualified for the Microsoft "Designed for Windows" logo program and digitally signed for x86, Itanium and x64 Editions versions of Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008.
Note For Windows Server 2003, SP1 or SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. The KB932755 update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver version 2.01a4 can be installed.

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

User Manual Storport Miniport Driver Version 2.01

Information

Windows 2003-2008

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.01a4

Size Driver

995KB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Qualification: The Storport Miniport driver is WHQL qualified for the Microsoft "Designed for Windows" logo program and digitally signed for x86, Itanium and x64 Editions versions of Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008.
Note For Windows Server 2003, SP1 or SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. The KB932755 update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver version 2.01a4 can be installed.

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

User Manual HBAnyware Utility Version 3.3

Information

Windows 2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.00a12

Size Driver

3.1MB

File Name

hbanyware.pdf

Observations

Qualification: The Storport Miniport driver is WHQL qualified for the Microsoft "Designed for Windows" logo program and digitally signed for x86, Itanium and x64 Editions versions of Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition.
Note Windows Server 2003 SP1 or SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. The KB932755 update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver version 2.00 can be installed.

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Manual LPFC Driver for Solaris User Manual

Information

Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Operating System

Manual

Version

6.20j

Size Driver

1.6MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

This driver version requires patch #112438 for
Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with this Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

HBAnyware Command Line User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.0.16.47

Size Driver

888KB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.0

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

FCA Utilities Manual

Information

Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Operating System

Manual

Version

6.02h

Size Driver

1MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Installing and using the FCA utilities

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Manual

Information

Solaris 10 SPARC

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.31h (SPARC)

Size Driver

1.5MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Manual

Information

Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Operating System

Manual

Version

6.21f

Size Driver

1.5MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

This driver version requires patch #112438 for
Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
LPFC Driver for Solaris User Manual (1.58 MB)

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.0.16.40

Size Driver

1.1MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

This driver version is also available in-box, and it is supported by the following Linux distributions:
RHEL 4.7
OEL 4.7
SLES 9 SP4 (driver update from Novell)
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.0.16.34

Size Driver

1.1MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

FCA Utilities Manual

Information

Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Operating System

Manual

Version

6.02f

Size Driver

609KB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

User Manual Storport Miniport Driver Version 2.00

Information

Windows 2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.00a12

Size Driver

984KB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Qualification: The Storport Miniport driver is WHQL qualified for the Microsoft "Designed for Windows" logo program and digitally signed for x86, Itanium and x64 Editions versions of Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition.
Note Windows Server 2003 SP1 or SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. The KB932755 update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver version 2.00 can be installed.
Storport Miniport Driver Version 2.00 for Windows Server 2003 and Windows Vista

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Boot Code Documentation

Information

Solaris 10 SPARC

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.31p (SPARC)

Size Driver

4.9MB

File Name

bootcode.pdf

Observations

Note SPARC Dynamic Reconfiguration is not supported on LPe12004, LPe11004, LP1000ExDC, LP9802DC and LP9002DC HBAs.
Note LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
Describes how to configure an HBA to boot from SAN Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Boot Code Documentation

Information

Solaris 8

Operating System

Manual

Version

1.20gx7 (SPARC)

Size Driver

4.9MB

File Name

bootcode.pdf

Observations

Note Instructions for using the utilities and the sample migration scripts, as well as inustructions for migrating from the LPFC driver to the SFS driver, are provided in the Solaris SFS Driver User Manual. See the Manual link below.
Describes how to configure an HBA to boot from SAN Introduction..............................................................................................................1
Emulex Boot Code Files....................................................................................1
Boot from SAN.........................................................................................................2
Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003.............................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (x86 and x64)..........................................................2
Configure Boot from SAN on Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2003 (Itanium)..................................................................3
New Installation of Windows 2008 UEFI- Aware Operating System
on a UEFI-based x64 Server.................................................................3
Direct a UEFI-Based Server to a Windows Server 2008 OS Image (Installed as UEFI-Aware) Already Installed on the SAN.......................4
The GUID Partition Table......................................................................4
Install Windows Server 2008 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, x64 and Itanium)...5
Install Windows Server 2003 on an FC Boot Disk (x86, and x64
and Itanium)................................................................................................6
Linux and VMware.............................................................................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux or VMware (x86 and x64).....................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (PowerPC)...........................................7
Configure Boot from SAN on Linux (Itanium)..............................................7
Solaris...............................................................................................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (x86 and x64)............................8
Determine LUNs to Select for Boot from SAN.......................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris SFS (SPARC)....................................8
Configure Boot from SAN on Solaris LPFC (SPARC)..................................9
Install Solaris from a Network Image..................................................10
Install Solaris by Migrating an Image from a Local SCSI Disk.............11
Install, Update and Enable Boot Code...................................................................14
BIOS Utility............................................................................................................15
Start the BIOS Utility.................................................................................15
Enable an Adapter to Boot from SAN........................................................17
Configure Boot Devices...................................................................................17
Configure Adapter Parameters........................................................................21
Change the Default AL_PA (Arbitrated Loop Physical Address)................22
Change the PLOGI Retry Timer................................................................23
Change Topology......................................................................................24
Enable or Disable the Spinup Delay..........................................................25
Set Auto Scan...........................................................................................26
Enable or Disable EDD 3.0.......................................................................27
Enable or Disable the Start Unit Command...............................................28
Enable or Disable the Environment Variable.............................................29
Enable or Disable Auto Boot Sector..........................................................30
Change Link Speed...................................................................................31
Reset to Default Values.............................................................................32
Use Multi-Path Boot from SAN..................................................................33
OpenBoot..............................................................................................................34
Attribute Commands.................................................................................34
Functional Commands..............................................................................35
EFIBoot.................................................................................................................37
Install the EFI Utility..................................................................................37
Start the EFI Utility....................................................................................38

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Boot Code Documentation

Information

Solaris 9

Operating System

Manual

Version

1.20gx8 (SPARC)

Size Driver

4.9MB

File Name

bootcode.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Complete Manual Includes the Installation, AutoPilot Installer, Configuration and Troubleshooting sections

Information

Manual for Linux 2.4 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

1.23a

Size Driver

1.4MB

File Name

set.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Application Release Notes

Information

WinPE

Operating System

Manual

Version

5.00.17.06

Size Driver

63KB

File Name

winlpcfg_release_notes.pdf

Observations

The offline utilities are Emulex programs that allow you to configure Emulex adapters before you install or boot a server operating system.
Note
This version of the WinPE offline utility does not support the IA64 architecture. For IA64 support (FC adapters only), use a previous release of the utility.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Quick Install

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.40a2 32-Bit

Size Driver

496KB

File Name

quick_installation.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.0.16.27

Size Driver

3MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual

Information

NetWare 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.21d

Size Driver

484KB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual

Information

NetWare 5.0, 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.14b

Size Driver

452KB

File Name

set.pdf

Observations

Downloading the Emulex Driver for NetWare
Version 2.14b
Table of Contents
Supported Features
New Features in this Release
Prerequisites
Compatibility
Things to Know Before You Download
Known Issues
Files Included in this Release

Installing the Emulex Driver for NetWare
Version 2.14b
Table of Contents
Driver Information
Install Driver on New Netware Server
Install Driver on Existing Netware Server
Using an Emulex HBA to Boot Netware 6.5
Load and Update BootBIOS

Configuring the Emulex Driver for NetWare
Version 2.14b
Table of Contents
Introduction
Driver Parameters
Special Command Line Parameters

Troubleshooting the Emulex Driver for NetWare
Version 2.14b
Table of Contents
Introduction
Failback Detection Not Automatic
Only Eight LUNS are Seen

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.0.16.32

Size Driver

3.6MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.40a2 32-Bit

Size Driver

2.9MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Qualification: The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server.
FC Port 2.40a2 has been qualified with the Universal WHQL program, which does not support cluster qualifications.
SP1 Boot Failure with FC Port 2.22a8
Windows Server 2003 will not boot after an installation of SP1 with FC Port 2.22a8. The only way to boot SP1 is to disconnect the Fibre Channel cables. If you are using FC Port 2.22a8, you should update to an SP1-supported Emulex driver prior to installing SP1. Confirm with your Emulex HBA service provider as to which Emulex driver versions have been qualified for use with SP1 and their products. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver version 2.22a8, see Solution ID: 17931 for help on how to recover your system.
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (2.58 MB)

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.30a2 32/64-Bit

Size Driver

1.4MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Qualification: The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003 on x86 and Itanium 64-bit platforms. The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003, Datacenter Edition for the x86 platform. The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 Server, Service pack 4 is required for cluster configurations.
Windows Server 2003 SP1 Upgrade Notice
New versions are available for all Emulex drivers that include support for Windows Server 2003 SP1. We recommend that you upgrade to one of these new drivers. In most cases, older drivers can be configured to work with SP1 by running the HBA API-SP1 Migration program prior to installing SP1. More Information
SP1/R2 Boot Failure with FC Port 2.22a8
Windows Server 2003 will not boot after an installation of SP1 or R2 with FC Port 2.22a8. The only way to boot SP1 is to disconnect the Fibre Channel cables. If you are using FC Port 2.22a8, you should update to an SP1-supported Emulex driver prior to installing SP1. Confirm with your Emulex HBA service provider as to which Emulex driver versions have been qualified for use with SP1 and their products. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver version 2.22a8
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (1,526 KB)

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual

Information

Solaris 9

Operating System

Manual

Version

1.20gx8 (SPARC)

Size Driver

3.7MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Note Instructions for using the utilities and the sample migration scripts, as well as inustructions for migrating from the LPFC driver to the SFS driver, are provided in the Solaris SFS Driver User Manual. See the Manual link below.
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.23a6 32/64-Bit

Size Driver

1.5MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Qualification: The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 drivers, Service Pack 4 is required for cluster configurations.
Windows Server 2003 SP1 Upgrade Notice
New versions are available for all Emulex drivers that include support for Windows Server 2003 SP1. We recommend that you upgrade to one of these new drivers. In most cases, older drivers can be configured to work with SP1 by running the HBA API-SP1 Migration program prior to installing SP1.
SP1/R2 Boot Failure with FC Port 2.22a8
Windows Server 2003 will not boot after an installation of SP1 or R2 with FC Port 2.22a8. The only way to boot SP1 is to disconnect the Fibre Channel cables. If you are using FC Port 2.22a8, you should update to an SP1-supported Emulex driver prior to installing SP1. Confirm with your Emulex HBA service provider as to which Emulex driver versions have been qualified for use with SP1 and their products. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver version 2.22a8
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (1,574 KB)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual

Information

NetWare 5.0, 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.20e

Size Driver

429KB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.1.10.12

Size Driver

3.5MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.0 and later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual

Information

NetWare 5.0, 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.11b

Size Driver

465KB

File Name

set.pdf

Observations

Downloading the Emulex Driver for NetWare
Version 2.11b
Table of ContentsPrerequisitesCompatibilityThings to Know Before You DownloadChanges and CorrectionsKnown IssuesFiles Included in this Release

Installing the Emulex Driver for NetWare
Version 2.11b
Table of ContentsDriver InformationInstall Driver on New Netware ServerInstall Driver on Existing Netware ServerUsing an Emulex HBA to Boot Netware 6.5Load and Update BootBIOS

Configuring the Emulex Driver for NetWare
Version 2.11b
Table of ContentsIntroductionDriver ParametersSpecial Command Line Parameters

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual

Information

NetWare 5.0, 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.12b

Size Driver

484KB

File Name

set.pdf

Observations

Novell "YES" Tested and Approved
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Downloading the Emulex Driver for NetWare
Version 2.12b
Table of Contents
Prerequisites
Compatibility
Things to Know Before You Download
Changes and Corrections
Known Issues
Files Included in this Release

Installing the Emulex Driver for NetWare
Version 2.12b
Table of Contents
Driver Information
Install Driver on New Netware Server
Install Driver on Existing Netware Server
Using an Emulex HBA to Boot Netware 6.5
Load and Update BootBIOS

Configuring the Emulex Driver for NetWare
Version 2.12b
Table of Contents
Introduction
Driver Parameters
Special Command Line Parameters

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

5.20a9 32/64-Bit

Size Driver

2.9MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Qualification: The SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003 on x86 and Itanium 64-bit platforms. The 64-bit Itanium SCSIport Miniport driver is also Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003, Datacenter Edition. The SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 Server, Service Pack 4 is required.
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual

Information

Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Operating System

Manual

Version

6.11cx2

Size Driver

4.6MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual

Information

Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Operating System

Manual

Version

6.10gx2

Size Driver

3.7MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Emulex recommends installing driver version 6.10gx2, which adds a critical fix to the previously posted 6.10g driver. Driver functionality and behavior are otherwise identical.
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual

Information

Solaris 8

Operating System

Manual

Version

1.20gx7 (SPARC)

Size Driver

3.7MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual

Information

Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Operating System

Manual

Version

6.02h

Size Driver

2.7MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual

Information

Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Operating System

Manual

Version

6.02g

Size Driver

2.7MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual

Information

NetWare 6.5

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.22a

Size Driver

499KB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual

Information

Windows 2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

1.30a9

Size Driver

4.6MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Qualification: The Storport Miniport driver is WHQL qualified for the Microsoft "Designed for Windows" logo program and digitally signed for x86, Itanium and x64 Editions versions of Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition.
Note Windows Server 2003 SP1 or later, and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver, are required.
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

5.20a8 32/64-Bit

Size Driver

2.9MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Qualification: The driver for Windows Server 2003 is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003 on x86 and Itanium platforms. The driver for Windows 2000 Server is qualified and digitally signed by WHQL labs for Server The SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 Server, Service Pack 4 is required.

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting for Windows 2000 Server

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

5.10a10 32-Bit

Size Driver

2.9MB

File Name

manual_w2k.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting for Windows 2000 Server

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

5.10a9 32-Bit

Size Driver

2.2MB

File Name

manual_w2k.pdf

Observations

Qualification: The 32-Bit SCSIport Miniport driver is qualified and digitally signed by WHQL labs for Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server and Workstation products (Service Pack 2 or above).

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual

Information

Windows 2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

1.20a7

Size Driver

3.6MB

File Name

storport120manual.pdf

Observations

Qualification: The Storport Miniport driver is WHQL qualified for the Microsoft "Designed for Windows" logo program and digitally signed for x86, Itanium and x64 Editions versions of Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition.
Note The KB916048 update to the Microsoft Storport driver is required.
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (3,264 KB)

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Important Considerations......................................................................................... 2
Changing Driver Types...................................................................................... 2
Microsoft Storport Driver Update ....................................................................... 2
Updating the Storport Miniport Driver Using AutoPilot Installer.......................... 2
Definitions................................................................................................................ 2
Storport Miniport Driver Information ......................................................................... 3
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 3
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 3
New in This Release ......................................................................................... 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Files Included in this AutoPilot Installer ............................................................. 4
Distribution Executable File Overview ..................................................................... 5
Running the Distribution Executable File ........................................................... 5
AutoPilot Installer..................................................................................................... 6
Introduction ....................................................................................................... 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
AutoPilot Installer Features ......................................................................... 6
Configuration Questions.............................................................................. 6
Installation Planning .......................................................................................... 6
AutoPilot Installation Procedures ............................................................................. 7
Hardware-First Installation................................................................................. 7
If the Installation Fails ................................................................................. 8
Software-First Installation .................................................................................. 8
Installing the HBAnyware Security Configurator ...................................................... 9
Unattended Installation .......................................................................................... 10
AutoPilot Configuration File Format................................................................. 10
Mandatory Configuration File Changes ........................................................... 10
Deleting Questions in the APInstall.cfg File ..................................................... 11
Optional Configuration File Changes............................................................... 11
Setting Up Driver Parameters.......................................................................... 14
Setting Up System Parameters ....................................................................... 14
Unattended Error Codes Reference Table....................................................... 14
Invoking AutoPilot Installer .............................................................................. 15
Batch File Example ......................................................................................... 15
Manually Installing or Updating the Storport Miniport Driver .................................. 17
Overview ......................................................................................................... 17
Removing the Adjunct Driver Registry Key...................................................... 17
Manually Installing the Emulex PLUS (ElxPlus) Driver .................................... 17
Manually Updating the Emulex PLUS (ElxPlus) Driver .................................... 18
Manually Installing or Updating the Storport Miniport Driver ............................ 19
Manually Installing the Driver Utilities .............................................................. 20
Uninstalling the Utility Package ....................................................................... 20
Uninstalling the Emulex Drivers....................................................................... 22
Configuration ...........................................................................................................23
Introduction............................................................................................................ 23
Starting HBAnyware from the Desktop ............................................................ 24

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

5.31a0

Size Driver

4.3MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual

Information

WinPE

Operating System

Manual

Version

1.0a15

Size Driver

491KB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

The offline utilities are Emulex programs that allow you to configure Emulex adapters before you install or boot a server operating system.

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual - Offline Utilities Manual

Information

WinPE

Operating System

Manual

Version

1.0a7

Size Driver

491KB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.22a8 32-Bit

Size Driver

1.8MB

File Name

set_w2k.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.22a8 64-Bit

Size Driver

1.9MB

File Name

set_ws3.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

5.10a10 64-Bit

Size Driver

2.8MB

File Name

manual_ws3.pdf

Observations

Qualification: The 64-bit SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for both Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2003, Datacenter Edition.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

OneCommand Manager Command Line User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.8.32

Size Driver

1.1MB

File Name

corekit_user_manual.pdf

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Manual for OneCommand Manager Command Line Version 5.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application CLI............................................. 2
In Windows........................................................................................................ 2
In a new VMware ESX Server ........................................................................... 2
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 2
Procedures.................................................................................................. 2
In a VMware ESX Server with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit Installed ........... 3
In a New Linux System...................................................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 4
In a Linux System with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit Installed....................... 4
In Solaris SFS ................................................................................................... 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedures.................................................................................................. 6
Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application CLI ........................................ 6
In VMware ESX Server...................................................................................... 6
In Linux ............................................................................................................. 7
Upgrading from the OneCommand Manager Application CLI to the Full-Featured
OneCommand Manager Application Enterprise Kit.................................................. 8
In Windows........................................................................................................ 8
In Linux ............................................................................................................. 8
In Solaris SFS ................................................................................................... 8
In VMware ESX Server...................................................................................... 8
Using the OneCommand Manager Application Command-Line Interface ................ 9
Using the CLI Client ........................................................................................ 12
Syntax Rules............................................................................................. 12
The CLI Client Command Reference............................................................... 12
Parameters Not Supported by CIM Interface............................................. 13
Read-Only Mode ....................................................................................... 17
Help Commands ....................................................................................... 17
Attributes Commands................................................................................ 18
Authentication Commands ........................................................................ 19
Boot Commands ....................................................................................... 21
CEE Commands ....................................................................................... 22
FCoE Commands...................................................................................... 26
Diagnostic Commands .............................................................................. 27
Driver Parameter Commands.................................................................... 30
Dump Commands ..................................................................................... 33
LUN Masking Commands ......................................................................... 34
Miscellaneous Commands ........................................................................ 35
Persistent Binding Commands .................................................................. 39
TCP/IP Management Host File Commands............................................... 41
VPort Commands...................................................................................... 41
WWN Management Commands................................................................ 43
iSCSI Commands...................................................................................... 44
ASCII Strings that May Be Returned ............................................................... 58

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting for Windows Server 2003

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

5.10a10 32-Bit

Size Driver

2.8MB

File Name

manual_ws3.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting for Windows Server 2003

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

5.10a9 32-Bit

Size Driver

2.1MB

File Name

manual_ws3.pdf

Observations

Qualification: The 32-Bit SCSIport Miniport driver is qualified and digitally signed by WHQL labs for Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server and Workstation products (Service Pack 2 or above).

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

OneCommand Manager Release Notes for Linux

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.8.32

Size Driver

80KB

File Name

linux_release_notes.pdf

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
OneCommand Manager version 5.0

Release Notes
Date: January 2010
Product: Driver for Linux
Version: FC and FCoE version 8.2.0.63
NIC version 2.101.374.0
iSCSI version 2.101.374.0

New Features in the Driver for Linux
1. Supports the OCe1010x OneConnect Universal Converged Network Adapters (CNAs).
2. Supports the OneCommand Manager application version 5.0. Refer to the OneCommand Manager
application User Manual for more information.
3. Adds PCI ID support for the LPSe12002-ML1-E EmulexSecure Fibre Channel Adapter.
4. Adds support for Advanced Error Reporting (AER) for PCIe HBAs.
Resolved Issues in the Driver for Linux
1. Multipath Package Issues Fixed
Corrected issues with the multipath package functions with the OneConnect UCNA.
2. FCF Failures Addressed
Resolved various FCF failures.
3. Corrected Adapter Reset
Corrected adapter reset and offline/online stress test failing with I/O errors.
4. Multiple Spurious Interrupts Corrected
Required OneConnect UCNA to set up and use single FCP EQ only under INTx interrupt mode. Changed
lpfc_use_msi module parameter to use INTx mode (not MSI) by default. This prevents multiple spurious
interrupts from the firmware.
5. Extended Error Handling Issue Resolved
Blocked all SCSI I/O requests from the midlayer until target rediscovery during Extended Error Handling
EEH.
6. VPort Log Out Issue Corrected
Corrected an issue that prevented a VPort to log out if deleted.
7. mbox sysfs Attribute Corrected
Corrected an issue that resulted in the mbox sysfs attribute smaller than the mailbox extension size.
8. LUN Panic Fixed
Fixed a potential panic if LUNs were unmapped.
9. CPU Lockup Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the CPU to lock up or hang during boot when authentication is
enabled (fcauthd process is started).
10. Hot Plug Issue Resolved
Fixed a potential system panic issue during PCI Hot Plug.
11. List Corruption Fixed
Corrected an issue that caused a list corruption while unloading the driver.
12. Fabric Login Issue Fixed
Resolved an issue that caused the frame to be zeroed on the wire after a fabric login FLOGI .
13. Advanced Error Reporting Issue Resolved
Added logic to stop and abort all I/Os on an HBA for an advanced error reporting (AER) uncorrectable
non-fatal error handling.
14. AER sysfs entry Point Changed
Made the AER sysfs entry point return "Operation not permitted" for OneConnect UCNAs.
15. Unsolicited CT Exchange Sequences Fixed
Fixed handling of unsolicited CT exchange sequences.
16. Clear Virtual Link Support Added
Added support for Clear Virtual Link command.
17. devloss Timeout Issue Fixed
Corrected a devloss timeout issue when multiple initiators were in the same zone.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

OneCommand Manager Command Line User Manual

Information

VMware

Operating System

Manual

Version

7.4.0.52

Size Driver

1.1MB

File Name

corekit_user_manual.pdf

Observations

Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U4, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and OneConnect UCNAs
Manual for OneCommand Manager Command Line Version 5.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application CLI............................................. 2
In Windows........................................................................................................ 2
In a new VMware ESX Server ........................................................................... 2
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 2
Procedures.................................................................................................. 2
In a VMware ESX Server with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit Installed ........... 3
In a New Linux System...................................................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 4
In a Linux System with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit Installed....................... 4
In Solaris SFS ................................................................................................... 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedures.................................................................................................. 6
Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application CLI ........................................ 6
In VMware ESX Server...................................................................................... 6
In Linux ............................................................................................................. 7
Upgrading from the OneCommand Manager Application CLI to the Full-Featured
OneCommand Manager Application Enterprise Kit.................................................. 8
In Windows........................................................................................................ 8
In Linux ............................................................................................................. 8
In Solaris SFS ................................................................................................... 8
In VMware ESX Server...................................................................................... 8
Using the OneCommand Manager Application Command-Line Interface ................ 9
Using the CLI Client ........................................................................................ 12
Syntax Rules............................................................................................. 12
The CLI Client Command Reference............................................................... 12
Parameters Not Supported by CIM Interface............................................. 13
Read-Only Mode ....................................................................................... 17
Help Commands ....................................................................................... 17
Attributes Commands................................................................................ 18
Authentication Commands ........................................................................ 19
Boot Commands ....................................................................................... 21
CEE Commands ....................................................................................... 22
FCoE Commands...................................................................................... 26
Diagnostic Commands .............................................................................. 27
Driver Parameter Commands.................................................................... 30
Dump Commands ..................................................................................... 33
LUN Masking Commands ......................................................................... 34
Miscellaneous Commands ........................................................................ 35
Persistent Binding Commands .................................................................. 39
TCP/IP Management Host File Commands............................................... 41
VPort Commands...................................................................................... 41
WWN Management Commands................................................................ 43
iSCSI Commands...................................................................................... 44
ASCII Strings that May Be Returned ............................................................... 58

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Quick Install

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.23a6 32/64-Bit

Size Driver

90KB

File Name

quick_installation.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Quick Install

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.30a2 32/64-Bit

Size Driver

90KB

File Name

quick_installation.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

OneCommand Manager User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.8.32

Size Driver

5.4MB

File Name

onecommand.pdf

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Manual for OneCommand Manager Application Version 5.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Supported Features by Operating System......................................................... 2
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing and Uninstalling OneCommand Manager
Application Components.......................................................................................... 4
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application............................................. 4
In Windows ................................................................................................. 4
In Solaris SFS ............................................................................................. 4
In Linux ....................................................................................................... 5
In VMware ESX Server ............................................................................... 6
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Interface ... 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedures.................................................................................................. 7
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application Command Line Interface ..... 8
In Windows ................................................................................................. 9
In a New VMware ESX Server .................................................................... 9
Prerequisites....................................................................................... 10
Procedures ......................................................................................... 10
In a VMware ESX Server with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit Installed ... 10
Uninstalling Older HBAnyware Kits on VMware .................................. 10
In a New Linux System ............................................................................. 11
Prerequisites....................................................................................... 11
Procedures ......................................................................................... 11
In a Linux System with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit InstalledI ............. 12
Uninstalling Older HBAnyware Kits on Linux....................................... 12
In Solaris SFS ........................................................................................... 13
Prerequisites....................................................................................... 13
Procedures ......................................................................................... 13
Upgrading from the OneCommand Manager Application CLI to the Full-Featured
OneCommand Manager Application Enterprise Kit ......................................... 14
In Windows ............................................................................................... 14
In Linux ..................................................................................................... 14
In Solaris SFS ........................................................................................... 14
In VMware ESX Server ............................................................................. 14
Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application .................................. 14
In Windows .............................................................................................. 15
In Solaris SFS ........................................................................................... 15
In Linux ..................................................................................................... 15
In VMware................................................................................................. 15
Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch
Interface Only .................................................................................................. 15
Starting the OneCommand Manager Application ................................................... 17
Starting the OneCommand Manager Application Web Launch Interface ......... 17
Managing Files when Running the OneCommand Manager Application
Web Launch Interface ............................................................................... 17
Using the OneCommand Manager Application ...................................................... 18
The OneCommand Manager Application Window Element Definitions ........... 18
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 19
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 19
The Toolbar Buttons ................................................................................. 19
The Discovery-Tree .................................................................................. 20
Discovery-Tree Icons ......................................................................... 21
Expanding or Collapsing the Discovery-Tree View ...................... 22
The Property Tabs .................................................................................... 22
The Status Bar ......................................................................................... 22
Changing Management and Read-Only Mode ........................................... 22

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

OneCommand Manager User Manual

Information

Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2

Operating System

Manual

Version

FC and FCoE (driver version 2.30.016)

Size Driver

5.4MB

File Name

onecommand.pdf

Observations

Note
This driver supports FCoE, iSCSI and Ethernet adapters as well as FC adapters.
Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2.
Note
On FC and FCoE adapters, for Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64 (FC only)
Manual for OneCommand Manager Application Version 5.0 (5.48 MB)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Quick Install

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

5.20a9 32/64-Bit

Size Driver

498KB

File Name

quick_installation.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual

Information

HP-UX 11iv2 (11.23)

Operating System

Manual

Version

4.31.09 (PA-RISC)

Size Driver

1.8MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

HP-UX 11iv2 (11.23)
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.0.16.17

Size Driver

2.3MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual

Information

HP-UX 11iv2

Operating System

Manual

Version

5.31.05

Size Driver

735KB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual

Information

HP-UX 11i version 1 (11.11) and HP-UX 11.0, 64-bit only

Operating System

Manual

Version

4.21.05 (PA-RISC)

Size Driver

923KB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual

Information

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

7.1.14

Size Driver

2.7MB

File Name

set.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual

Information

Linux 2.4 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

7.2.4

Size Driver

2.8MB

File Name

set.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual

Information

HP-UX 11iv3 (11.31)

Operating System

Manual

Version

6.00.05 (Integrity IA64)

Size Driver

1.2MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Manual

Information

HP-UX 11iv2 (11.23)

Operating System

Manual

Version

5.31.09 (64-bit Itanium Processor Family)

Size Driver

1.3MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Linux User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.0.39

Size Driver

1.2MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Linux User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.8.14

Size Driver

1.6MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual (1.64 MB pdf file)

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Linux User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.0.63

Size Driver

2.5MB

File Name

linux.pdf

Observations

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.3 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
For the LPFC Driver Kit............................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 2
Known Issues.................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 2
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 3
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 3
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 3
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 4
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 4
Installing the Utilities and the Application Helper Module......................................... 4
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 4
Procedure ................................................................................................... 5
Utilities Directory Structure.......................................................................... 5
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedure ................................................................................................... 6
Installing the HBAnyware Security Configurator ................................................ 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Installing the HBAnyware Utility and the Application Helper Module
using the Upgrade Kernel Option ..................................................................... 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 8
Uninstalling a Previous Application Helper Module
(Stand Alone Kit) ............................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the Utilities ........................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 9
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch only...................................................... 10
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Utility and the Application Helper Module ........... 10
Configuration ........................................................................................11
Driver Configuration Methods using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf.......................................................................................... 11
Temporary Configuration Method .............................................................. 11
Persistent Configuration Method ............................................................... 11
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 12
For Installed LPFC Driver Kits................................................................... 12
For Distribution In-Box LPFC Drivers ........................................................ 13
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................. 13
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 14
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 14
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 17

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Linux User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.8.32

Size Driver

2.6MB

File Name

linux_11.pdf

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ..................................................................................................................... 1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the LPFC Driver Kit............................................................................... 2
For the ULDK .............................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the LPFC Driver Kit................................................................................... 3
LPFC Driver Kit Install Script Options................................................................ 4
LPFC Driver Kit Directory Structure................................................................... 4
Installing the LPFC Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions ......................... 4
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update.......... 5
Installing the LPFC Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel............................... 5
Installing the Unified Linux Drivers Kit ..................................................................... 5
Uninstalling the ULDK ....................................................................................... 6
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application ................................................... 7
Uninstalling the LPFC Driver Kit ........................................................................ 7
Configuration ................................................................................................................. 8
LPFC Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary LPFC Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .......................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed LPFC Driver Kits................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box LPFC Drivers ........................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
LPFC Driver Parameters Reference Table ...................................................... 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (VPorts)........................................................................ 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying VPorts........................................................ 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The VPort Sysfs Tree ...................................................................................... 19
LPFC Driver Version 8.2.8.2x sysfs Structure.................................................. 20
VPort sysfs Entries.................................................................................... 21
VPort Configuration Limits............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Linux User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Real-time Kernels

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.0.29

Size Driver

1.6MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Red Hat Enterprise Linux MRG v1.0 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)SUSE Linux Enterprise RT SP2 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Linux User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.0.16.46

Size Driver

950KB

File Name

linux.pdf

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
For the LPFC Driver Kit............................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 2
Known Issues.................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 2
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 3
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 3
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 3
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 4
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 4
Installing the Utilities and the Application Helper Module......................................... 4
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 4
Procedure ................................................................................................... 5
Utilities Directory Structure.......................................................................... 5
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedure ................................................................................................... 6
Installing the HBAnyware Security Configurator ................................................ 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Installing the HBAnyware Utility and the Application Helper Module
using the Upgrade Kernel Option ..................................................................... 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 8
Uninstalling a Previous Application Helper Module
(Stand Alone Kit) ............................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the Utilities ........................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 9
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch only...................................................... 10
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Utility and the Application Helper Module ........... 10
Configuration ........................................................................................11
Driver Configuration Methods using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf.......................................................................................... 11
Temporary Configuration Method .............................................................. 11
Persistent Configuration Method ............................................................... 11
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 12
For Installed LPFC Driver Kits................................................................... 12
For Distribution In-Box LPFC Drivers ........................................................ 13
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................. 13
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 14
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 14
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 17

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Linux User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.0.16.47

Size Driver

971KB

File Name

linux.pdf

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
For the LPFC Driver Kit............................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 2
Known Issues.................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 2
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 3
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 3
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 3
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 4
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 4
Installing the Utilities and the Application Helper Module......................................... 4
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 4
Procedure ................................................................................................... 5
Utilities Directory Structure.......................................................................... 5
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedure ................................................................................................... 6
Installing the HBAnyware Security Configurator ................................................ 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Installing the HBAnyware Utility and the Application Helper Module
using the Upgrade Kernel Option ..................................................................... 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 8
Uninstalling a Previous Application Helper Module
(Stand Alone Kit) ............................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the Utilities ........................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 9
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch only...................................................... 10
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Utility and the Application Helper Module ........... 10
Configuration ........................................................................................11
Driver Configuration Methods using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf.......................................................................................... 11
Temporary Configuration Method .............................................................. 11
Persistent Configuration Method ............................................................... 11
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 12
For Installed LPFC Driver Kits................................................................... 12
For Distribution In-Box LPFC Drivers ........................................................ 13
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................. 13
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 14
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 14
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 17

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Linux User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.0.16.44

Size Driver

1.1MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Linux User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.0.22

Size Driver

1.5MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.0 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Linux User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.1.6.6

Size Driver

2.9MB

File Name

manual_81.pdf

Observations

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (2.92 MB pdf file) Installation...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 2
Known Issues.................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 4
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex HBA ................................... 6
Installing the Application Helper Module and Utilities .............................................. 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Utilities Directory Structure.......................................................................... 8
Installing the HBAnyware Security Configurator ................................................ 9
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 9
Procedure ................................................................................................... 9
Installing HBAnyware, lputil and the Application Helper Module using the
Upgrade Kernel Option...................................................................................... 9
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 9
Procedure ................................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the Driver Kit ................................................................................ 10
Uninstalling a Previous Application Helper Module
(Stand Alone Kit) ............................................................................................. 11
Uninstalling the Utilities ......................................................................................... 12
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator.......................................... 12
Uninstalling HBAnyware, lputil and the Application Helper Module ................. 12
Configuration ........................................................................................13
Introduction............................................................................................................ 13
Starting the HBAnyware Utility for Linux .......................................................... 14
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 15
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 16
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 16
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 16
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 17
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 17
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 18
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 18
Using the the HBAnyware Utility Command-Line Interface.............................. 18
Using the CLI Client .................................................................................. 19
The CLI Client Command Reference ........................................................ 20
Starting the lputil Utility .................................................................................... 34

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Linux User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.0.29

Size Driver

1.6MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and 5.2 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Linux User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.0.48.2p

Size Driver

1.5MB

File Name

linux.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Linux User Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.2.0.33.3p

Size Driver

1.3MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

This driver version is also available in-box, and it is supported by the following Linux distributions: RHEL 5.2, OEL 5.2, and SLES 10 SP2
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 5.1 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

HBAnyware Manual

Information

Linux 2.6 Kernel

Operating System

Manual

Version

8.0.16.40

Size Driver

3.5MB

File Name

hbanyware.pdf

Observations

This driver version is also available in-box, and it is supported by the following Linux distributions:
RHEL 4.7
OEL 4.7
SLES 9 SP4 (driver update from Novell)
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Utility User Manual

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Storport Miniport Driver User Manual

Information

Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.20.006

Size Driver

1.2MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2. Note
For Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64
Storport Miniport Driver Version 2.20 for Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Quick Install Installing the driver using AutoPilot Installer

Information

Windows 2000-2003

Operating System

Manual

Version

5.20a8 32/64-Bit

Size Driver

90KB

File Name

quick_installation.pdf

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Storport Miniport Driver User Manual

Information

Windows 2003-2008

Operating System

Manual

Version

2.10a7

Size Driver

1.2MB

File Name

manual.pdf

Observations

Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by both Windows Sever 2003 and Windows Server 2008.
Note
For Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Storport Miniport Driver Version 2.10 for Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2008

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

NetWare 5.0, 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5

Version

2.12b

Size Driver

53KB

File Name

nw212b.zip

Observations

Novell "YES" Tested and Approved
Base driver

Emulex LightPulse PCI Fibre Channel Adapter
for Novell Netware 5.1, 6.0, and 6.5

Emulex Corporation

Release 2.12b Feb 12, 2004
This Readme file contains the description of the 2.12a version
of the LPFC.HAM driver for the Emulex LightPulse adapter family
and Novell NetWare 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5. It provides support for
switched Fabric operation and multi-initiator environments and
for up to 16 adapter channels using single or dual channel HBAs.

The Emulex LPFC.HAM driver has been tested in the following
environments:

1. OS Versions:
- Netware 6.5 with Service Pack 1
- NetWare 6.0 with Service Pack 3 (SP3) and MM6UP1A patches
- NetWare 5.1 with Service Pack 6 (SP6)
- untested with Netware 5.0 with Service Pack 6a (SP6a).
Netware 5.0 is supported by Novell, however no future work is planned for this version.
- NetWare 4.2 is not supported at this time; use Emulex driver version 1.23c to support NetWare 4.2.
2. Arbitrated Loop Environment
3. Switched Fabric Environment
4. Emulex Fibre Channel adapters
- LP10000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.80a0)
- LP1050 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.80a0)
- LP101 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.82a0)
- LP9802DC, LP9802 and LP982 (minimum firmware version 1.01a2)
- LP9402DC, LP9002L, LP9002DC, LP9000 or LP952L (recommended firmware version 3.90a7)
- LP8000, LP8000DC and LP850
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip version 2.00 or greater
use firmware version 3.90a7.
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip below version 2.00,
use firmware version 3.30a7.
- LP7000E (minimum firmware version 3.21a0)
5. Suitable target hardware; lpfc.ham complies with SAN protocols
for switched fabrics and arbitrated loops.

This release includes the following files:

1. LPFC.HAM - Emulex Fibre Channel adapter HAM driver
2. lpfc.ddi - driver description file
3. readme.txt - readme file (this file)
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ON AN EXISTING NETWARE SERVER:

1. The server must support PCI 2.2 standard slots or PCI-X 1.1
standard slots.

2. At the server console load the install program. On
Netware 6.5 enter

LOAD HDETECT

On Netware 6.0, 5.1, or 5.0, enter

LOAD NWCONFIG

3. Select "Driver Options".

4. Select "Configure disk and storage device drivers".

5. Select "Select an additional driver".

6. Press to install a driver not on the list.
(If there is a previously installed version of the driver,
this will update and replace it).

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

NetWare 5.0, 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5

Version

2.14b

Size Driver

54KB

File Name

nw214b.zip

Observations

Emulex LightPulse PCI Fibre Channel Adapter
for Novell Netware 5.1, 6.0, and 6.5

Emulex Corporation

Release 2.14b Jul 09, 2004
This Readme file contains the description of the 2.14b version
of the LPFC.HAM driver for the Emulex LightPulse adapter family
and Novell NetWare 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5. It provides support for
switched Fabric operation and multi-initiator environments and
for up to 16 adapter channels using single or dual channel HBAs.

The Emulex LPFC.HAM driver has been tested in the following
environments:

1. OS Versions:
- Netware 6.5 with Service Pack 2 (NW65SP2)
- NetWare 6.0 with Service Pack 4 (NW6SP4 )
- NetWare 5.1 with Service Pack 7 (NW51SP7)
- untested with Netware 5.0 with Service Pack 6a (SP6a).
Netware 5.0 is supported by Novell, however no future work is planned for this version.
- NetWare 4.2 is not supported at this time; use Emulex driver version 1.23c to support NetWare 4.2.
2. Arbitrated Loop Environment
3. Switched Fabric Environment
4. Emulex Fibre Channel adapters
- LP10000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.90a4)
- LP1050 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.90a4)
- LP101 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.82a0)
- LP9802DC, LP9802 and LP982 (minimum firmware version 1.90a4)
- LP9402DC, LP9002L, LP9002DC, LP9000 or LP952L (recommended firmware version 3.92a2)
- LP8000, LP8000DC and LP850
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip version 2.00 or greater
use firmware version 3.92a2.
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip below version 2.00,
use firmware version 3.30a7.
- LP7000E (minimum firmware version 3.21a0)
5. Suitable target hardware; lpfc.ham complies with SAN protocols
for switched fabrics and arbitrated loops.

This release includes the following files:

1. LPFC.HAM - Emulex Fibre Channel adapter HAM driver
2. lpfc.ddi - driver description file
3. readme.txt - readme file (this file)
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ON AN EXISTING NETWARE SERVER:

1. The server must support PCI 2.2 standard slots or PCI-X 1.1
standard slots.

2. At the server console load the install program. On
Netware 6.5 enter

LOAD HDETECT

On Netware 6.0, 5.1, or 5.0, enter

LOAD NWCONFIG

3. Select "Driver Options".

4. Select "Configure disk and storage device drivers".

5. Select "Select an additional driver".

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

NetWare 5.0, 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5

Version

2.20e

Size Driver

59KB

File Name

nw220e.zip

Observations

Emulex LightPulse PCI Fibre Channel Adapter
for Novell Netware 5.1, 6.0, and 6.5

Emulex Corporation

Release 2.20e September 30, 2005
This Readme file contains the description of the 2.20e version
of the LPFC.HAM driver for the Emulex LightPulse adapter family
and Novell NetWare 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5. It provides support for
switched Fabric operation and multi-initiator environments and
for up to 16 adapter channels using single or dual channel HBAs.

The Emulex LPFC.HAM driver has been tested in the following
environments:

1. OS Versions:
- Netware 6.5 with Support Pack 3 (NW65SP3)
- NetWare 6.0 with Support Pack 5 (NW6SP5 )
- NetWare 5.1 with Support Pack 7 (NW51SP7)
- untested with Netware 5.0 with Support Pack 6a (SP6a).
Netware 5.0 is supported by Novell, however no future work is planned for this version.
- NetWare 4.2 is not supported at this time; use Emulex driver version 1.23c to support NetWare 4.2.
2. Arbitrated Loop Environment
3. Switched Fabric Environment
4. Emulex Fibre Channel adapters
- LP11000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP1150 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LPe11000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LPe1150 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP10000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP1050 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP101 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.82a0)
- LP9802DC, LP9802 and LP982 (minimum firmware version 1.91a1)
- LP9402DC, LP9002L, LP9002DC, LP9000 or LP952L (recommended firmware version 3.92a2)
- LP8000, LP8000DC and LP850
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip version 2.00 or greater
use firmware version 3.92a2.
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip below version 2.00,
use firmware version 3.30a7.
- LP7000E (minimum firmware version 3.21a0)
5. Suitable target hardware; lpfc.ham complies with SAN protocols
for switched fabrics and arbitrated loops.

This release includes the following files:

1. LPFC.HAM - Emulex Fibre Channel adapter HAM driver
2. lpfc.ddi - driver description file
3. readme.txt - readme file (this file)
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ON AN EXISTING NETWARE SERVER:

1. The server must support PCI 2.2 standard slots or PCI-X 1.1
standard slots.

2. At the server console load the install program. On
Netware 6.5 enter

LOAD HDETECT

On Netware 6.0, 5.1, or 5.0, enter

LOAD NWCONFIG

3. Select "Driver Options".

4. Select "Configure disk and storage device drivers".

5. Select "Select an additional driver".

6. Press to install a driver not on the list.
(If there is a previously installed version of the driver,
this will update and replace it).

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

NetWare 5.0, 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5

Version

2.11b

Size Driver

53KB

File Name

nw211b.zip

Observations

Emulex LightPulse PCI Fibre Channel Adapter
for Novell Netware 5.1, 6.0, and 6.5

Emulex Corporation

Release 2.11b Oct 19, 2003
This Readme file contains the description of the 2.11b version of the
LPFC.HAM driver for the Emulex LightPulse adapter family and Novell
NetWare 5.0, 5.1, and 6.0. It provides support for switched Fabric
operation and multi-initiator environments and for up to 16 adapter
channels using single or dual channel HBAs.

The Emulex LPFC.HAM driver has been tested in the following
environments:

1. OS Versions:
- Netware 6.5
- NetWare 6.0 with Service Pack 3 (SP3) and MM6UP1A patches
- NetWare 5.1 with Service Pack 6 (SP6)
- Netware 5.0 with Service Pack 6a. Netware 5.0 is supported by Novell, however no future work is planned for this version.
- NetWare 4.2 is not supported at this time; use Emulex driver version 1.23c to support NetWare 4.2.
2. Arbitrated Loop Environment
3. Switched Fabric Environment
4. Emulex Fibre Channel adapters
- LP10000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.80a0)
- LP1050 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.80a0)
- LP9802DC, LP9802 and LP982 (minimum firmware version 1.00a4)
- LP9402DC, LP9002L, LP9002DC, LP9000 or LP952L (recommended firmware version 3.90a7)
- LP8000, LP8000DC and LP850
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip version 2.00 or greater
use firmware version 3.90a7.
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip below version 2.00,
use firmware version 3.30a7.
- LP7000E (minimum firmware version 3.21a0)
5. Suitable target hardware; lpfc.ham complies with SAN protocols
for switched fabrics and arbitrated loops.

This release includes the following files:

1. LPFC.HAM - Emulex Fibre Channel adapter HAM driver
2. lpfc.ddi - driver description file
3. readme.txt - readme file (this file)
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ON AN EXISTING NETWARE SERVER:

1. The server must support PCI 2.2 standard slots or PCI-X 1.1
standard slots.

2. At the server console load the install program. On
Netware 6.5 enter

LOAD HDETECT

On Netware 6.0, 5.1, or 5.0, enter

LOAD NWCONFIG

3. Select "Driver Options".

4. Select "Configure disk and storage device drivers".

5. Select "Select an additional driver".

6. Press to install a driver not on the list.
(If there is a previously installed version of the driver,
this will update and replace it).

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

NetWare 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5

Version

2.21d

Size Driver

65KB

File Name

nw221d.zip

Observations

Emulex LightPulse PCI Fibre Channel Adapter
for Novell Netware 5.1, 6.0, and 6.5

Emulex Corporation

Release 2.21d August 10, 2006
This Readme file contains the description of the 2.21d version
of the LPFC.HAM driver for the Emulex LightPulse adapter family
and Novell NetWare 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5. It provides support for
switched Fabric operation and multi-initiator environments and
for up to 16 adapter channels using single or dual channel HBAs.

The Emulex LPFC.HAM driver has been tested in the following
environments:

1. OS Versions:
- Netware 6.5 with Support Pack 5 (NW65SP5)
- NetWare 6.0 with Support Pack 5 (NW6SP5 )
- NetWare 5.1 with Support Pack 8 (NW51SP8)
- NetWare 4.2 is not supported at this time; use Emulex driver version 1.23c to support NetWare 4.2.
2. Arbitrated Loop Environment
3. Switched Fabric Environment
4. Emulex Fibre Channel adapters
- LP11000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP1150 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LPe11000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LPe1150 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LPe111 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP10000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP1050 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP101 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.82a0)
- LP9802DC, LP9802 and LP982 (minimum firmware version 1.91a1)
- LP9402DC, LP9002L, LP9002DC, LP9000 or LP952L (recommended firmware version 3.92a2)
- LP8000, LP8000DC and LP850
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip version 2.00 or greater
use firmware version 3.92a2.
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip below version 2.00,
use firmware version 3.30a7.
- LP7000E (minimum firmware version 3.21a0)
5. Suitable target hardware; lpfc.ham complies with SAN protocols
for switched fabrics and arbitrated loops.

This release includes the following files:

1. LPFC.HAM - Emulex Fibre Channel adapter HAM driver
2. lpfc.ddi - driver description file
3. readme.txt - readme file (this file)
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ON AN EXISTING NETWARE SERVER:

1. The server must support PCI 2.2 standard slots or PCI-X 1.1
standard slots.

2. At the server console load the install program. On
Netware 6.5 enter

LOAD HDETECT

On Netware 6.0, 5.1, or 5.0, enter

LOAD NWCONFIG

3. Select "Driver Options".

4. Select "Configure disk and storage device drivers".

5. Select "Select an additional driver".

6. Press to install a driver not on the list.
(If there is a previously installed version of the driver,
this will update and replace it).

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

NetWare 6.5

Version

2.22a

Size Driver

66KB

File Name

nw222a-1c.zip

Observations

Emulex LightPulse PCI Fibre Channel Adapter
for Novell Netware 5.1, 6.0, and 6.5

Emulex Corporation

Release 2.22a January 24, 2008
This Readme file contains the description of the 2.22a version
of the LPFC.HAM driver for the Emulex LightPulse adapter family
and Novell NetWare 6.5 (and is compatible with 5.1 and 6.0, though
there is no official support). It provides support for
switched Fabric operation and multi-initiator environments and
for up to 16 adapter channels using single or dual channel HBAs.

The Emulex LPFC.HAM driver has been tested in the following
environments:

1. OS Versions:
- Netware 6.5 with Support Pack 7 (NW65SP7)
- NetWare 6.0 is not supported at this time; use at own risk and NW60SP6
- NetWare 5.1 is not supported at this time; use at own risk and NW51SP8
- NetWare 4.2 is not supported at this time; use Emulex driver version 1.23c
to support NetWare 4.2.
2. Arbitrated Loop Environment
3. Switched Fabric Environment
4. Emulex Fibre Channel adapters
- LPe12000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.00a9)
- LPe1250 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.00a9)
- LPe121 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.00a9)
- LP11000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP1150 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LPe11000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LPe1150 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LPe111 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP10000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP1050 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP101 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.82a0)
- LP9802DC, LP9802 and LP982 (minimum firmware version 1.91a1)
- LP9402DC, LP9002L, LP9002DC, LP9000 or LP952L (recommended firmware version 3.92a2)
- LP8000, LP8000DC and LP850
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip version 2.00 or greater
use firmware version 3.92a2.
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip below version 2.00,
use firmware version 3.30a7.
- LP7000E (minimum firmware version 3.21a0)
5. Suitable target hardware; lpfc.ham complies with SAN protocols
for switched fabrics and arbitrated loops.

This release includes the following files:

1. LPFC.HAM - Emulex Fibre Channel adapter HAM driver
2. lpfc.ddi - driver description file
3. readme.txt - readme file (this file)
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ON AN EXISTING NETWARE SERVER:

1. The server must support PCI 2.2 standard slots or PCI-X 1.1
standard slots.

2. At the server console load the install program. On
Netware 6.5 enter

LOAD HDETECT

On Netware 6.0, 5.1, or 5.0, enter

LOAD NWCONFIG

3. Select "Driver Options".

4. Select "Configure disk and storage device drivers".

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Utilities

Operating System

Solaris 10 SPARC

Version

2.31h (SPARC)

Size Driver

21.8MB

File Name

solaris-4.0a33-1.02k-1a.tar

Observations

LP21000 and LP21002 adapters require a full-height PCIe slot, which is available in a limited number of Sun servers such as v445, M5000 (with I/O expander), Ultra 25 and Ultra 45.
HBAnyware version 4.0a33, emlxadm version 1.02k and emlxdrv version 1.00m for SPARC

Dependencies:

SUNWemlxs driver 2.31 or later (provided by Sun)
EMLXemlxu utility package 1.02k or later (included with the applications kit)

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.5 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must be installed. HBAnyware will not run

The HBAnyware, HBAnywareSSC and HbaCmd target OS version is Solaris 5.10.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.com.

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be added to the beginning of
the PATH environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include
this path in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="/usr/java/bin:$PATH")

HBAnyware is dependent on the SUNWemlxs driver package and the EMLXemlxu utilities package being installed.
Please ensure that these packages are installed before installing HBAnyware.
HBAnyware Installation Instructions
-----------------------------------
1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-4.0a33-i386.tar.gz
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-4.0a33-i386.tar
4. Run the pkgadd utility: pkgadd -d .
5. When prompted by pkgadd, choose to install HBAnyware
6. When prompted by pkgadd, answer the HBAnyware installation option questions
Running the HBAnyware GUI
-------------------------
1. su to root
2. Run the script /opt/HBAnyware/hbanyware

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Utilities

Operating System

Solaris 10 SPARC

Version

2.40s (SPARC)

Size Driver

30.2MB

File Name

solaris-4.1a37-1.03h-1a.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Sample Migration Scripts

Operating System

Solaris 10 SPARC

Version

2.31h (SPARC)

Size Driver

103KB

File Name

leadville_migrate_1.0a6.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Version

6.02f

Size Driver

12MB

File Name

solaris-2.1a18-6.02f-1a.tar

Observations

Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.1a18, HBAnyware Security Configurator 2.1a18 and lputil 2.0a9

This kit contains the following components:

lpfc-6.02f-sparc.tar - Emulex Fibre Channel Solaris Driver
EmlxApps300a39-Solaris.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/solframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a39-Solaris.tar package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Version

6.02g

Size Driver

12MB

File Name

solaris-2.1a18-6.02g-1a.tar

Observations

Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.1a18, HBAnyware Security Configurator 2.1a18 and lputil 2.0a9

HBAnyware 2.1a18 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

lpfcdriver 6.02c, or later
hbaapi 2.0e

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.4 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must
be installed. HBAnyware will not run under earlier versions of
the JRE.

HBAnyware and hbacmd currently will not run under Solaris 6.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.sun.com/downloads/index.html

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be included in the PATH
environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include this path
in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="$PATH:/usr/java/bin")

HBAnyware is dependant on lpfcdriver being installed, so install lpfcdriver first if it is not already installed.

1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Copy the HBAnyware-2.1a18-sparc.tar.gz file to a directory on the install machine
3. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
4. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-2.1a18-sparc.tar.gz
5. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-2.1a18-sparc.tar
6. Run the pkgadd routine: pkgadd -d .
7. When prompted by pkadd, choose to install HBAnyware
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
Helpful scripts

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware - This script will stop all HBAnyware daemons and GUIs.
Run this if you need to unload the driver.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Version

6.02h

Size Driver

12MB

File Name

solaris-2.1a18-6.02h-1a.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Sample Migration Scripts

Operating System

Solaris 8

Version

1.20gx7 (SPARC)

Size Driver

103KB

File Name

leadville_migrate_1.0a6.tar

Observations

These unsupported sample script files can help you migrate from the Solaris lpfc driver to the Solaris SFS driver. You can customize these scripts and run them to automate the migration process.

Solaris Instructions for Migration of Emulex Host Bus Adapters to Leadville Stack

Prerequisites:

1. Solaris packages SUNWemlx, lpfc, and HBAnyware must be installed on the machine.
2. all candidate migration candidate adapters must have fcode version 1.50a4 or later

Note:
Scripts unable to migrate machines with Emulex adapter as boot device for that machine.

Migration Steps:

1. run ./start_emlxs_migration.sh script
2. after script has finished successfully, reboot system as requested
3. run ./finish_emlxs_migration.sh script

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Utilities

Operating System

Solaris 8

Version

1.20gx7 (SPARC)

Size Driver

31MB

File Name

solaris-3.2a15-1.01c-1a.tar

Observations

HBAnyware version 3.2a15, emlxadm version 1.01c and emlxdrv version 1.00k for SPARC

HBAnyware 3.2a15 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

SUNWemlxs driver 1.20f or later for Solaris 8 and 9 (provided by Sun)
SUNWemlxs driver 2.20f or later for Solaris 10 and later (provided by Sun)
EMLXemlxu utility package 1.01c or later (included with the applications kit)

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.5 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must
be installed. HBAnyware will not run under earlier versions of
the JRE.

HBAnyware and hbacmd currently will not run under Solaris 6. HBAnyware and hbacmd target OS versions
include Solaris 5.8, 5.9, and 5.10.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.sun.com/downloads/index.html

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be added to the beginning of
the PATH environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include
this path in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="/usr/java/bin:$PATH")

HBAnyware is dependant on the SUNWemlxs driver package and the EMLXemlxu utilities package being installed.
Please ensure that these packages are installed before installing HBAnyware.

HBAnyware Installation Instructions

1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Run the unpack script : ./unpack_apps
to obtain correct package version
3. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-3.2a15-.tar.gz
4. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-3.2a15-.tar
5. Run the pkgadd utility: pkgadd -d .
6. When prompted by pkgadd, choose to install HBAnyware
7. When prompted by pkgadd, answer the HBAnyware installation option questions
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

FCA Utilities

Operating System

Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Version

6.10gx2

Size Driver

76KB

File Name

emlxu_kit-1.00n-sparc.tar

Observations

Emulex recommends installing driver version 6.10gx2, which adds a critical fix to the previously posted 6.10g driver. Driver functionality and behavior are otherwise identical.
emlxadm version 1.00r and emlxdrv version 1.00k for SPARC; emlxdrv is needed for a fresh installation of Solaris 10 Update 1 (75.5 KB tar file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Version

6.10gx2

Size Driver

20MB

File Name

solaris-3.0a17-6.10gx2-1a.tar

Observations

Emulex recommends installing driver version 6.10gx2, which adds a critical fix to the previously posted 6.10g driver. Driver functionality and behavior are otherwise identical.
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 3.0a17 and lputil 2.0a13

HBAnyware 3.0a17 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

lpfcdriver 6.10b, or later
hbaapi 2.0f

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.4 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must
be installed. HBAnyware will not run under earlier versions of
the JRE.

HBAnyware and hbacmd currently will not run under Solaris 6. HBAnyware and hbacmd target OS versions
include Solaris 5.8, 5.9, and 5.10.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.sun.com/downloads/index.html

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be included in the PATH
environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include this path
in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="$PATH:/usr/java/bin")

HBAnyware is dependant on lpfcdriver being installed, so install lpfcdriver first if it is not already installed.

1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Run the unpack script : ./unpack_apps
to obtain correct package version
3. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-3.0a17-sparc.tar.gz
4. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-3.0a17-sparc.tar
5. Run the pkgadd utility: pkgadd -d .
6. When prompted by pkadd, choose to install HBAnyware
7. When prompted by pkadd, answer the HBAnyware installation option questions
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
Helpful scripts

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware - This script will stop all HBAnyware daemons and GUIs.
Run this if you need to unload the driver.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Version

6.11cx2

Size Driver

24.1MB

File Name

solaris-3.1a12-6.11cx2-1a.tar

Observations

Base driver, HBAnyware utility 3.1a12 and lputil 2.0a13

HBAnyware 3.1a12 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

lpfcdriver 6.11c, emlxsdriver 2.20a, or later
hbaapi 2.0f

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.5 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must
be installed. HBAnyware will not run under earlier versions of
the JRE.

HBAnyware and hbacmd currently will not run under Solaris 6. HBAnyware and hbacmd target OS versions
include Solaris 5.8, 5.9, and 5.10.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.sun.com/downloads/index.html

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be included in the PATH
environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include this path
in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="$PATH:/usr/java/bin")

HBAnyware is dependant on a driver being installed, so install lpfcdriver or emlxsdriver first if it is not already installed.

1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Run the unpack script : ./unpack_apps
to obtain correct package version
3. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-3.1a12-sparc.tar.gz
4. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-3.1a12-sparc.tar
5. Run the pkgadd utility: pkgadd -d .
6. When prompted by pkadd, choose to install HBAnyware
7. When prompted by pkadd, answer the HBAnyware installation option questions
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
Helpful scripts

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware - This script will stop all HBAnyware daemons and GUIs.
Run this if you need to unload the driver.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Version

6.20j

Size Driver

21.5MB

File Name

solaris-3.3a19-6.20j-1b.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Version

6.21f

Size Driver

21.5MB

File Name

solaris-3.4a15-6.21f-1a.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

FCA Utilities

Operating System

Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Version

6.21f

Size Driver

212KB

File Name

emlxu_kit-1.01a-sparc.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Sample Migration Scripts

Operating System

Solaris 9

Version

1.20gx8 (SPARC)

Size Driver

103KB

File Name

leadville_migrate_1.0a6.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Utilities

Operating System

Solaris 9

Version

1.20gx8 (SPARC)

Size Driver

31MB

File Name

solaris-3.2a15-1.01c-1a.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

SPARC Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Version

6.21g

Size Driver

21.5MB

File Name

solaris-3.4a15-6.21g-1a.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

SPARC Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)

Version

6.30g (Legacy)

Size Driver

25.5MB

File Name

solaris-4.0a37-6.30g-1b.tar

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Library Kit

Operating System

VMware

Version

7.4.0.13, 7.4.0.13-1, 7.3.2_vmw (All)

Size Driver

35KB

File Name

em_cpq9_vmware.tar.gz

Observations

Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5.0, ESX 3.5 U1, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAs Virtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0, ESX 3.0.1, ESX 3.0.2, ESX 3.0.3; Virtual Center 2.0, 2.0.1, 2.0.2) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAs
HP Rubah Library version 9.0 (36 KB gz file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

VMware

Version

7.3.2_vmw4 and 7.3.2_vmw10

Size Driver

115KB

File Name

lpfcutil-7.3.2-3.tgz

Observations

Virtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0.2, ESX 3.0.3, Virtual Center 2.0.2) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAs
Lputil version 2.0a14, HBA API library version 2.0.f

1. Introduction
2. System Requirements
3. Installation
4. Uninstallation
5. Using the utilities
----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Introduction
This utilities package includes diagnostic and management utilities and
libraries that can be used to manage Emulex HBAs in a VMware ESX server
environment.

Each version of these utilities corresponds to a specific VMware-distributed
Emulex device driver version. A utilities/driver combination supports multiple
versions of the VMware Operating System.
2. System Requirements
The following VMware Operating System version(s) are supported by this
utilities package:

- Virtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0.0 or greater, Virtual Center 2.0.2)

The following VMware-distributed Emulex device drivers are supported by this
utilities package:

- 7.3.2_vmw1 or greater

For the list of supported HBAs please refer to the supported ESX hardware
compatibility lists.
3. Installation
To install the contents of this package you should execute the Install.sh
script as the 'root' user:
# ./Install.sh

The Install.sh script is included in this package.

The installation process will install the following components:

Utilities:
- lputil (Diagnostic/management utility, Rev. 2.0a14)
- dfc (Diagnostic/management utility)

Libraries:
- libdfc.a (Diagnostic utility library interface)
- libdfc.so (Diagnostic utility library interface)
- libHBAAPI.so (Library to support HBAAPI standard, Rev. 2.0.f)
- libemulexhbaapi.so (Library to support HBAAPI standard)
4. Uninstallation
To remove the contents of this package you should execute the Remove.sh script
as the 'root' user:
# ./Remove.sh

The Remove.sh script is included in this package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

VMware

Version

7.4.0.13, 7.4.0.13-1, 7.4.0.13-2

Size Driver

107KB

File Name

lpfcutil-7.4.0.13-1.tgz

Observations

Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5.0, ESX 3.5 U1, ESX 3.5 U2 Virtual Center 2.5) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAs
Lputil version 2.0a14, HBA API library version 2.0.f

1. Introduction
2. System Requirements
3. Installation
4. Uninstallation
5. Using the utilities
----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Introduction
This utilities package includes diagnostic and management utilities and
libraries that can be used to manage Emulex HBAs in a VMware ESX server
environment.

Each version of these utilities corresponds to a specific VMware-distributed
Emulex device driver version. A utilities/driver combination supports multiple
versions of the VMware Operating System.
2. System Requirements
The following VMware Operating System version(s) are supported by this
utilities package:

- Virtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0.0 or greater, Virtual Center 2.0.2)

The following VMware-distributed Emulex device drivers are supported by this
utilities package:

- 7.3.2_vmw1 or greater

For the list of supported HBAs please refer to the supported ESX hardware
compatibility lists.
3. Installation
To install the contents of this package you should execute the Install.sh
script as the 'root' user:
# ./Install.sh

The Install.sh script is included in this package.

The installation process will install the following components:

Utilities:
- lputil (Diagnostic/management utility, Rev. 2.0a14)
- dfc (Diagnostic/management utility)

Libraries:
- libdfc.so (Diagnostic utility library interface)
- libHBAAPI.so (Library to support HBAAPI standard, Rev. 2.0.g)
- libemulexhbaapi.so (Library to support HBAAPI standard)
4. Uninstallation
To remove the contents of this package you should execute the Remove.sh script
as the 'root' user:
# ./Remove.sh

The Remove.sh script is included in this package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

VMware

Version

7.4.0.13, 7.4.0.13-1, 7.4.0.13-2, 7.3.2_vmw (All)

Size Driver

302KB

File Name

elxvmwarecorekit-2.1a42-1.i386.rpm

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

VMware

Version

lpfcutil-1.22e

Size Driver

120KB

File Name

lpfcutil-1.22e.tgz

Observations

Lputil version 1.5a0, HBA API library version 2.0b; alternate driver for ESX 2.0, ESX 2.0.1, ESX 2.1, ESX 2.1.1 and ESX 2.1.2

This Application kit has been designed for the following environment:

- Supported Hardware architecture platforms:
- 32-bit Intel platforms (IA-32)
- 64-bit Intel platforms (IA-64)
- Power PC 64 bits (PPC)

- Supported Linux OS (note that testing has been conducted only with the kernels in parenthesis):

- Red Hat Pro 7.3 (kernel 2.4.18-27)
- Red Hat Pro 8.0 (kernel 2.4.18-27)
- Red Hat Advanced Server 2.1 x86 (kernel 2.4.9-e.16)
- SLES 7 x86 (kernel 2.4.16)
- SLES 8 x86 (kernel 2.4.19)
- Red Hat Advanced Server 2.1 IA-64 (kernel 2.4.18-e.25)
- SuSE 8.0 ppc64 (kernel 2.4.19-u11-ppc64)

- Supported Emulex enterprise adapters:
- LP8000
- LP9000
- LP9002L
- LP9002DC
- LP9402DC
- LP9802
- LP10000

************************************************************************
This Application kit has been designed to work only with the Open Source
Linux Driver Kit, Version 1.22e.

It includes lputil version 1.4a8

Installation:
After you unpack this tarball, type ./Install.sh. This will install
the Emulex applications and libraries.

Removal:
To remove the Emulex applications, libraries and base HBAAPI library,
type ./Remove.sh.
************************************************************************

dfc Diagnostic utility for driver debug
fcdiag.h Diagnostic utility library header file
libdfc.a Diagnostic utility library interface
libHBAAPI.so Library to support HBAAPI standard
libemulexhbaapi.so Library to support HBAAPI standard
lputil Diagnostic utility for adapter maitenance
Install.sh Installation script
Remove.sh Removal script

The following section details the LINUX md5sum (128 bit checksum) results
for the current release contents:

For I386:

57216ef4164549da6cbf552df6f5773d dfc
9b88355a3c1a311306a8579ff4b46c2d fcdiag.h
7b429052c5054f7caca26cc6e7ab8818 libHBAAPI.so
04f44bcfc7aa63f57abba85ecdd9a14e libdfc.a
1968b9a74ba82e5c42242ae0279ceb39 libemulexhbaapi.so
aa43ddcfb9f7c9f5a4063652e69d0a7b lputil

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

VMware

Version

lpfcutil-2.01g

Size Driver

107KB

File Name

lpfcutil-2.01g-2.tgz

Observations

Lputil version 1.6a6, HBA API library version 2.0f; ESX 2.5.4 (2.01g_vmw2, also alternate for ESX 2.5.5); ESX 2.5.3 (2.01g_vmw1); ESX 2.5.0, ESX 2.5.1 and ESX 2.5.2 (2.01g)

This Application kit has been designed for the following environment:

- Supported Hardware architecture platforms:
- 32-bit Intel platforms (IA-32)
- 64-bit Intel platforms (IA-64)
- Power PC 64 bits (PPC)

- Supported Linux OS:

- Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 2.1
- Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 3.0
- SuSE SLES 8 ppc64
Please refer to Emulex Website (www.emulex.com) for an update and accurate
list of kernel versions.

- Supported Emulex enterprise adapters:
- LP10000DC
- LP10000
- LP1050DC
- LP1050
- LP9802DC
- LP9802
- LP982
- LP9402DC
- LP9002DC
- LP9002L
- LP9000
- LP952L
- LP8000DC
- LP8000

************************************************************************
This Application kit has been designed to work only with the Open Source
Linux Driver Kit, Version 2.01g, and HBAAPI version 2.0f.

It includes lputil version 1.6a6.

Installation:
After you unpack this tarball, type ./Install.sh. This will install
the Emulex applications and libraries.

Removal:
To remove the Emulex applications, libraries and base HBAAPI library,
type ./Remove.sh.
************************************************************************

dfc Diagnostic utility for driver debug
libdfc.a Diagnostic utility library interface
libHBAAPI.so Library to support HBAAPI standard
libemulexhbaapi.so Library to support HBAAPI standard
lputil Diagnostic utility for adapter maitenance
Install.sh Installation script
Remove.sh Removal script

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

VMware

Version

lpfcutil-4.20q

Size Driver

127KB

File Name

lpfcutil-4.20q.tgz

Observations

Lputil version 1.4a8, HBA API library version 1.3; ESX 2.0, ESX 2.0.1, ESX 2.1, ESX 2.1.1 and ESX 2.1.2 (also alternate driver for ESX 2.5.0, ESX 2.5.1 and ESX 2.5.3)

This Application kit has been designed for the following environment:

- Supported Hardware architecture platforms:
- 32-bit Intel platforms (IA-32)
- 64-bit Intel platforms (IA-64)
- Power PC 64 bits (PPC)

- Supported Linux OS (note that testing has been conducted only with the kernels in parenthesis):

- Red Hat Pro 7.3 (kernel 2.4.18-27)
- Red Hat Pro 8.0 (kernel 2.4.18-27)
- Red Hat Advanced Server 2.1 x86 (kernel 2.4.9-e.16)
- SLES 7 x86 (kernel 2.4.16)
- SLES 8 x86 (kernel 2.4.19)
- Red Hat Advanced Server 2.1 IA-64 (kernel 2.4.18-e.25)
- SuSE 8.0 ppc64 (kernel 2.4.19-u11-ppc64)

- Supported Emulex enterprise adapters:
- LP8000
- LP9000
- LP9002L
- LP9002DC
- LP9402DC
- LP9802
- LP10000

************************************************************************
This Application kit has been designed to work only with the Open Source
Linux Driver Kit, Version 4.20q.

Installation:
After you unpack this tarball, type ./Install.sh. This will install
the Emulex applications and libraries.

Removal:
To remove the Emulex applications, libraries and base HBAAPI library,
type ./Remove.sh.
************************************************************************

dfc Diagnostic utility for driver debug
fcdiag.h Diagnostic utility library header file
libdfc.a Diagnostic utility library interface
libHBAAPI.so Library to support HBAAPI standard
libemulexhbaapi.so Library to support HBAAPI standard
lputil Diagnostic utility for adapter maitenance
Install.sh Installation script
Remove.sh Removal script
The following section details the LINUX md5sum (128 bit checksum) results
for the current release contents:

db2ebdcdf2d3fde90feb0c3024e56808 ./dfc
327385b6a6e0df6965cd0a66fba45190 ./fcdiag.h
f5a8c90c7446c051c78c79649fc0289d ./libdfc.a
5a45829a47b00df673de2a8410036a9f ./lputil
743c00a91536b13fbfe11bd4326eb0ba ./libHBAAPI.so
ad015c6f292b893167e2467cf2b7bcd6 ./libemulexhbaapi.so

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

VMware

Version

lpfcutil-7.1.14

Size Driver

105KB

File Name

lpfcutil-7.1.14.tgz

Observations

Lputil version 1.6a10, HBA API library version 2.0.f; Virtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0.2, Virtual Center 2.0.2) - Alternate driver and Microsoft Cluster Software , 2 GBit/s HBAs (7.1.14_vmw2); Virtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0.1, Virtual Center 2.0.1) - Microsoft Cluster Software, 2 Gb/s HBAs (7.1.14_vmw1); Virtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0, Virtual Center 2.0) - 2 Gb/s HBAs (7.1.14_vmw1)

This kit has been designed for the following environment:

- Supported Hardware architecture platforms:
- 32-bit Intel platforms
- 64-bit Intel platforms

- Supported Linux OS:

- Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 2.1
- Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 3.0
- SuSE SLES 8
Please refer to Emulex Website (www.emulex.com) for an update and accurate
list of kernel versions.

- Supported Emulex enterprise adapters:
- LP10000DC
- LP10000
- LP1050DC
- LP1050
- LP9802DC
- LP9802
- LP982
- LP9402DC
- LP9002DC
- LP9002L
- LP9000
- LP952L
- LP8000DC
- LP8000

************************************************************************
This Application kit has been designed to work only with the Open Source
Linux Driver Kit, Version 7.1.14.

It includes lputil version 1.6a10.

Installation:
After you unpack this tarball, type ./Install.sh. This will install
the Emulex applications and libraries.

Removal:
To remove the Emulex applications, libraries and base HBAAPI library,
type ./Remove.sh.
************************************************************************

dfc Diagnostic utility for driver debug
libdfc.a Diagnostic utility library interface
libHBAAPI.so Library to support HBAAPI standard
libemulexhbaapi.so Library to support HBAAPI standard
lputil Diagnostic utility for adapter maitenance
Install.sh Installation script
Remove.sh Removal script

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Applications Kit

Operating System

VMware

Version

lpfcutil-7.3.2

Size Driver

113KB

File Name

lpfcutil-7.3.2.tgz

Observations

Lputil version 2.0a12, HBA API library version 2.0.f; Virtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0.1, Virtual Center 2.0.1) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAs (7.3.2_vmw2); Virtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0, Virtual Center 2.0) - 4 Gb/s HBAs (7.3.2_vmw1); ESX 2.5.5 - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAs (7.3.2_vmw4); ESX 2.5.4 Driver Disk - 4 Gb/s HBAs (7.3.2_vmw3)

This kit has been designed for the following environment:

- Supported Hardware architecture platforms:
- 32-bit Intel platforms
- 64-bit Intel platforms

- Supported Linux OS:

- Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 2.1
- Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 3.0
- SuSE SLES 8
Please refer to Emulex Website (www.emulex.com) for an update and accurate
list of kernel versions.

- Supported Emulex enterprise adapters:
- LP10000DC
- LP10000
- LP1050DC
- LP1050
- LP9802DC
- LP9802
- LP982
- LP9402DC
- LP9002DC
- LP9002L
- LP9000
- LP952L
- LP8000DC
- LP8000

************************************************************************
This Application kit has been designed to work only with the Open Source
Linux Driver Kit, Version 7.3.2.

It includes lputil version 2.0a12.

Installation:
After you unpack this tarball, type ./Install.sh. This will install
the Emulex applications and libraries.

Removal:
To remove the Emulex applications, libraries and base HBAAPI library,
type ./Remove.sh.
************************************************************************

dfc Diagnostic utility for driver debug
libdfc.a Diagnostic utility library interface
libdfc.so Diagnostic utility library interface
libHBAAPI.so Library to support HBAAPI standard
libemulexhbaapi.so Library to support HBAAPI standard
lputil Diagnostic utility for adapter maitenance
Install.sh Installation script
Remove.sh Removal script

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Windows 2000-2003

Version

5.30a2 32/64-Bit

Size Driver

18.4MB

File Name

scsiportminiportkit_5-30a2-1d.exe

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

SMI-S Provider Kit

Operating System

Windows 2000-2003

Version

5.20a9 32/64-Bit

Size Driver

6.9MB

File Name

elxsmiprovider1.0.12-1.exe

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Windows 2000-2003

Version

5.31a0

Size Driver

17.2MB

File Name

scsiportminiportkit_5-31a0-1e.exe

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Windows 2000-2003

Version

2.23a6 32/64-Bit

Size Driver

12.8MB

File Name

fcportkit_2-23a6c-4e.exe

Observations

Qualification: The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 drivers, Service Pack 4 is required for cluster configurations.
Windows Server 2003 SP1 Upgrade Notice
New versions are available for all Emulex drivers that include support for Windows Server 2003 SP1. We recommend that you upgrade to one of these new drivers. In most cases, older drivers can be configured to work with SP1 by running the HBA API-SP1 Migration program prior to installing SP1.
SP1/R2 Boot Failure with FC Port 2.22a8
Windows Server 2003 will not boot after an installation of SP1 or R2 with FC Port 2.22a8. The only way to boot SP1 is to disconnect the Fibre Channel cables. If you are using FC Port 2.22a8, you should update to an SP1-supported Emulex driver prior to installing SP1. Confirm with your Emulex HBA service provider as to which Emulex driver versions have been qualified for use with SP1 and their products. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver version 2.22a8
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.1a9 and elxcfg version 1.41a14 (13,156 KB exe file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Windows 2000-2003

Version

2.30a2 32/64-Bit

Size Driver

14.2MB

File Name

fcportkit_2-30a2c-3f.exe

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Windows 2000-2003

Version

2.40a2 32-Bit

Size Driver

13.8MB

File Name

fcportkit_2-40a2-1a.exe

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Windows 2000-2003

Version

2.40a3 32-Bit

Size Driver

13.8MB

File Name

fcportkit_2.40a3-1b.exe

Observations

Qualification: The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for
WindowsServer 2003 on x86 platforms and Windows 2000 Server.
The FC Port 2.40a3 driver has been qualified with the Universal WHQL program,
which does not support Microsoft Cluster Server qualifications.
SP1 Boot Failure with FC Port 2.22a8 Windows Server 2003 will not boot after an installation of SP1 with FC Port 2.22a8. The only way to boot SP1 is to disconnect the Fibre Channel cables. If you are using FC Port 2.22a8, you should update to an SP1-supported Emulex driver prior to installing SP1. Confirm with your Emulex HBA service provider as to which Emulex driver versions have been qualified for use with SP1 and their products. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver version 2.22a8
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.1a21 and elxcfg version 1.41a17 (14 MB exe file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit 64-bit

Operating System

Windows 2000-2003

Version

2.22a8 64-Bit

Size Driver

6.3MB

File Name

port-6-2.22a8-3b.zip

Observations

Qualification: 64-bit FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for Windows Server 2003.
Windows Server 2003 SP1 Upgrade Notice
New versions are available for all Emulex drivers that include support for Windows Server 2003 SP1. We recommend that you upgrade to one of these new drivers. In most cases, older drivers can be configured to work with SP1 by running the HBA API-SP1 Migration program prior to installing SP1.
SP1/R2 Boot Failure with FC Port 2.22a8
Windows Server 2003 will not boot after an installation of SP1 or R2 with FC Port 2.22a8. The only way to boot SP1 is to disconnect the Fibre Channel cables. If you are using FC Port 2.22a8, you should update to an SP1-supported Emulex driver prior to installing SP1. Confirm with your Emulex HBA service provider as to which Emulex driver versions have been qualified for use with SP1 and their products. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver version 2.22a8
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.0a13 and elxcfg version 1.41a14

This kit contains the following components:
sli222a8ia64c.zip - Emulex Fibre Channel Multi-protocol Port Driver
Emlx64Apps300a7.zip - Emulex Applications kit
Readme.first.txt - this file

The detailed contents for each of these components can be found in
the readme files included in each individual kit. The specific minimum
system requirements for each of these kits can be found in the same files.

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found in the
readme.txt file included in the sli222a8ia64c.zip package.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications
kit can be found in the readme.doc file contained in the
Emlx64Apps300a7.zip package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit 64-bit Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.0a21 and lputilnt 1.7a21

Operating System

Windows 2000-2003

Version

5.10a9 64-Bit

Size Driver

6.1MB

File Name

scsiport-6-5.10a9-sp1.zip

Observations

Qualification: The 64-Bit SCSIport Miniport driver is qualified and digitally signed by WHQL labs.

This kit contains the following components:

ns6510a9dc.zip - Emulex Fibre Channel SCSIport Miniport Driver
Emlx64Apps20a21-SP1.zip - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

The detailed contents for each of these components can be found in
the readme files included in each individual kit. The specific minimum
system requirements for each of these kits can be found in the same files.

The installation for the Emulex Applications Kit has been updated
to install the hbaapi.dll file in the Emulex utilities directory
to be compatible with Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1.

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found in the
readme.txt file included in the ns6510a9dc.zip package.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications
kit can be found in the readme.pdf file contained in the Emulex
Applications Kit listed above.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit 64-bit Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.0a21 and lputilnt 1.7a21

Operating System

Windows 2000-2003

Version

5.10a10 64-Bit

Size Driver

6.1MB

File Name

scsiport-6-5.10a10-sp1.zip

Observations

Qualification: The 64-bit SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for both Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2003, Datacenter Edition.

This kit contains the following components:

ns6510a10dc.zip - Emulex Fibre Channel SCSIport Miniport Driver
Emlx64Apps20a21-SP1.zip - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

The detailed contents for each of these components can be found in
the readme files included in each individual kit. The specific minimum
system requirements for each of these kits can be found in the same files.

The installation for the Emulex Applications Kit has been updated
to install the hbaapi.dll file in the Emulex utilities directory
to be compatible with Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1.

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found in the
readme.txt file included in the Emulex Driver Kit listed above.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications
kit can be found in the readme.pdf file contained in the Emulex
Applications Kit listed above.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Windows 2000-2003

Version

5.20a9 32/64-Bit

Size Driver

14.3MB

File Name

scsiportminiportkit_5-20a9-1d.exe

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit 32-bit Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.0a21 and lputilnt 1.7a21

Operating System

Windows 2000-2003

Version

5.10a10 32-Bit

Size Driver

5.2MB

File Name

scsiport-5-5.10a10-sp1.zip

Observations

Qualification: The 32-bit SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003, and it is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows 2000 Server The SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 Server, Service Pack 4 is required.

This kit contains the following components:

ns5510a10sc.zip - Emulex Fibre Channel SCSIport Miniport Driver
EmlxApps20a21-SP1.zip - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

The detailed contents for each of these components can be found in
the readme files included in each individual kit. The specific minimum
system requirements for each of these kits can be found in the same files.

The installation for the Emulex Applications Kit has been updated
to install the hbaapi.dll file in the Emulex utilities directory
to be compatible with Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1.

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found in the
readme.txt file included in the Emulex Driver Kit listed above.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications
kit can be found in the readme.pdf file contained in the Emulex
Applications Kit listed above.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Windows 2000-2003

Version

2.41a1 32-Bit

Size Driver

13.8MB

File Name

fcportkit_2-41a1-1b.exe

Observations

Qualification: The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server on x86 platforms.
The FC Port 2.41a1 driver has been qualified with the Universal WHQL program, which does not support Microsoft Cluster Server qualifications.
FC Port 2.22a8 Not Supported with SP1 and SP2
If you're using FC Port 2.22a8, you will be unable to install the Windows Server 2003 SP2 update. If you're using FC Port 2.22a8 and install the Windows Server 2003 SP1 update, the system will not boot after the SP1 installation.
You should install the most current version of FC Port or Storport Miniport that has been qualified by your Emulex HBA service provider before installing SP1 or SP2. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver 2.22a8.
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.1a21 and elxcfg version 1.41a17 (13.8 MB exe file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Windows 2000-2003

Version

2.42a0

Size Driver

13.8MB

File Name

fcportkit_2-42a0-1c.exe

Observations

Qualification:
The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server on x86 platforms.
The FC Port 2.42a0 driver has been qualified with the Universal WHQL program, which does not support Microsoft Cluster Server qualifications.
FC Port 2.22a8 Not Supported with SP1 and SP2
If you are using FC Port 2.22a8, you will be unable to install the Windows Server 2003 SP2 update. If you are using FC Port 2.22a8 and install the Windows Server 2003 SP1 update, the system will not boot after the SP1 installation
You should install the most current version of FC Port or Storport Miniport that has been qualified by your Emulex HBA service provider before installing SP1 or SP2. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver 2.22a8
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.1a21 and elxcfg version 1.41a17 (13.8 MB exe file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit 32-bit Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.0a21 and lputilnt 1.7a21

Operating System

Windows 2000-2003

Version

5.10a9 32-Bit

Size Driver

5.2MB

File Name

scsiport-5-5.10a9-sp1.zip

Observations

Qualification: The 32-Bit SCSIport Miniport driver is qualified and digitally signed by WHQL labs for Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server and Workstation products (Service Pack 2 or above).

This kit contains the following components:

ns5510a9sc.zip - Emulex Fibre Channel SCSIport Miniport Driver
EmlxApps20a21-SP1.zip - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

The detailed contents for each of these components can be found in
the readme files included in each individual kit. The specific minimum
system requirements for each of these kits can be found in the same files.

The installation for the Emulex Applications Kit has been updated to install
the hbaapi.dll file in the Emulex utilities directory to be compatible with
Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1.

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found in the
readme.txt file included in the ns5510a9sc.zip package.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications
kit can be found in the readme.pdf file contained in the Emulex
applications kit listed above.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.1a16 and lputilnt 1.8a13

Operating System

Windows 2000-2003

Version

5.20a8 32/64-Bit

Size Driver

14MB

File Name

scsiportminiportkit_5-20a8c-2g.exe

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit 32-bit

Operating System

Windows 2000-2003

Version

2.22a8 32-Bit

Size Driver

5.4MB

File Name

port-5-2.22a8-3a.zip

Observations

Qualification: 32-bit FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 drivers, Service Pack 4 is required for cluster configurations.
Windows Server 2003 SP1 Upgrade Notice
New versions are available for all Emulex drivers that include support for Windows Server 2003 SP1. We recommend that you upgrade to one of these new drivers. In most cases, older drivers can be configured to work with SP1 by running the HBA API-SP1 Migration program prior to installing SP1.
SP1/R2 Boot Failure with FC Port 2.22a8
Windows Server 2003 will not boot after an installation of SP1 or R2 with FC Port 2.22a8. The only way to boot SP1 is to disconnect the Fibre Channel cables. If you are using FC Port 2.22a8, you should update to an SP1-supported Emulex driver prior to installing SP1. Confirm with your Emulex HBA service provider as to which Emulex driver versions have been qualified for use with SP1 and their products. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver version 2.22a8

This kit contains the following components:

sli222a8win2ks.zip - Emulex Fibre Channel Multi-protocol Port Driver
EmlxApps300a7.zip - Emulex Applications kit
Readme.first.txt - this file

The detailed contents for each of these components can be found in
the readme files included in each individual kit. The specific minimum
system requirements for each of these kits can be found in the same files.

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found in the
readme.txt file included in the sli222a8win2ks.zip package.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications
kit can be found in the readme.doc file contained in the
EmlxApps300a7.zip package.

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit Base driver, HBAnyware utility 3.3a14

Operating System

Windows 2003

Version

2.00a12

Size Driver

21.4MB

File Name

storportminiportkit_2-00a12-1d.exe

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Windows 2003

Version

1.20a7

Size Driver

17.9MB

File Name

storportminiportkit_1-20a7-1d.exe

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Windows 2003

Version

1.30a9

Size Driver

24.2MB

File Name

storportminiportkit_1-30a9-1e.exe

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

SMI-S Provider Kit

Operating System

Windows 2003

Version

1.30a9

Size Driver

7.1MB

File Name

elxsmiprovider1.1.6-2.exe

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Windows 2003-2008

Version

2.10a7

Size Driver

11.6MB

File Name

storportminiportkit_2-10a7-1e.exe

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit Base driver, HBAnyware utility 3.4a9

Operating System

Windows 2003-2008

Version

2.01a4

Size Driver

8.8MB

File Name

storportminiportkit_2-01a4-1h.exe

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2

Version

FC and FCoE (driver version 2.30.016)

Size Driver

39.3MB

File Name

elxocm-windows-5.00.17.06-2.exe

Observations

Note
This driver supports FCoE, iSCSI and Ethernet adapters as well as FC adapters.
Qualification:
Microsoft currently does not offer an FCoE WHQL "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport Miniport driver is used with a standard Fibre Channel HBA, the driver is qualified for the "Certified for Windows" logo program. When the Storport MiniPort driver is used with an FCoE CNA, the driver is considered "unclassified" by Microsoft. In both cases, the Storport Miniport drivers are digitally signed by Microsoft and will be recognized by Windows Sever 2003, Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2008 R2.
Note
On FC and FCoE adapters, for Windows Server 2003, SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. KB945119 is recommended. The Storport KB update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver can be installed.
Tested Architectures:
x86
x64
IA64 (FC only)
FC/FCoE, iSCSI and Ethernet drivers and OneCommand Manager 5.0 enterprise application (39.3 MB exe file)

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

Driver Kit

Operating System

Windows 2003-2008-2008 R2

Version

2.20.006

Size Driver

37.1MB

File Name

storportminiportkit_2.20.006-1h.exe

Observations

Company

Emulex

Categories

Networks Cards

Serie

Emulex Products Emulex for Emulex

Model

Emulex LP9002L

Description

WinPE Offline Utilities Kit

Operating System

WinPE

Version

5.00.17.06

Size Driver

2.5MB

File Name

elxwinlpcfg-x86-5.00.17.06-1.exe

Observations

Access to Official Website Emulex

Home English Drivers English

Welcome to the HelpDrivers, driver for printers.

Original files: In HelpDrivers, all drivers, manuals, BIOS, etc. are those originally provided by the official manufacturers. Click here to learn more

You can download by either clicking the 'Download' button. From the File Download window, verify that "Save" is selected and click OK.

Do not rename the file you're downloading, it may cause installation problems.

Available 340 files for Emulex LP9002L

Select Files